CMM 21-51-53 Rev 15 Air Cycle Machine

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
782790
TO ALL HOLDERS OF HAMILTON SUNDSTRAND’S

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL 21-51-53
APPLICABILITY: DHC8
THIS SHEET TRANSMITS REVISION NO. 15 DATED MAR 01/13
HIGHLIGHTS
We recommend that you put this revision into your manual without delay. After you have put the
revised pages in your manual, mark the Record of Revisions sheet with the new revision number and
date, and write the date that you insert the revised pages into your manual and your initials on the
Record of Revisions sheet in the appropriate spaces.
This manual has been reissued in its entirety. Please replace these pages of your manual with the
pages of this revision. General format and layout changes were made in addition to these technical
changes.
If you have questions about this manual, you can contact Technical Publications by email at
mailto:tech.pubs@hs.utc.com or fax at (860) 660-9014.
The changes made to the manual during this revision are described in the table that follows:
CHANGE DRIVER
PAGE DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE
REFERENCE
All Affected Pages Added disclosure restrictions footer to all pages. Non-technical change;
no substantiation data
required.
T-1 Changed Export Laws Control statement. Non-technical change;
no substantiation data
required.
RR-1 Changed the format of RECORD OF Non-technical change;
REVISIONS. no substantiation data
required.
RTR-1 Changed the format of RECORD OF Non-technical change;
TEMPORARY REVISIONS. no substantiation data
required.
SBL-1 Changed the format of SERVICE BULLETIN Non-technical change;
LIST. no substantiation data
required.
401 Added Sodium-Bicarbonate Blast Media to Table D2326-AI93040
401.
401 Updated CAGE Code notes for Consumable Non-technical change;
Materials and Special Tools, Fixtures, and Test no substantiation data
Equipment. required.
402 Added Cleaning Steel or Aluminum Subassembly D2326-AI93040
Components With Dry Abrasive procedure.
Use or disclosure of this data is subject to restrictions on the Title Page of this document.
Page HI-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
THIS IS A BLANK PAGE
Page HI-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
INFORMATION SUBJECT TO EXPORT CONTROL LAWS
Subject to the EAR, ECCN 9E991
This information is subject to the export control laws of the United States, specifically including the Export Administration Regulations
(EAR), 15 C.F.R. Part 730 et. seq. Transfer, retransfer, or disclosure of this data by any means to a non-U.S. person (individual or
company), whether in the United States or abroad, without any required export license or other approval from the U.S Government is
prohibited, including without limitation any diversion to a military end user or use in a military end use application.
AIR CYCLE MACHINE
PART NUMBERS:
782790-6
782790-10
782790-12
782790-16
782790-18
© 1985, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1997, 2002, 2004, 2007-2013 Hamilton Sundstrand Corporation
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF HAMILTON SUNDSTRAND
CORPORATION (HSC). RECIPIENT AGREES TO HOLD ALL SUCH INFORMATION IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES IT SHALL BE
USED ONLY FOR RECIPIENT’S INTERNAL PURPOSES TO MAINTAIN RECIPIENT’S EQUIPMENT OR AS MAY OTHERWISE BE
PERMITTED IN AN APPLICABLE AGREEMENT BETWEEN RECIPIENT AND HSC. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE, INCLUDING THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE,
DEVELOPMENT, OR DERIVATION OF ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE PARTS, DESIGN, OR CONFIGURATION CHANGES,
OR TO OBTAIN FAA OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL FOR SAME. RECIPIENT AGREES NOT TO
DISCLOSE SUCH INFORMATION TO ANY THIRD PARTY, EXCEPT AS MAY OTHERWISE BE PROVIDED FOR IN AN APPLICABLE
AGREEMENT BETWEEN RECIPIENT AND HSC. COPYING OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN BY ANYONE WITHOUT HSC’S PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND MAY RESULT IN
CRIMINAL AND/OR CIVIL LIABILITY.
The data in this document were developed only to maintain systems and/or parts manufactured by or for Hamilton Sundstrand or approved
by Hamilton Sundstrand. The data may not be applicable to any other systems and/or parts, regardless of their apparent similarity to
systems and/or parts manufactured by or for Hamilton Sundstrand or approved by Hamilton Sundstrand. Do not rely in any way on data in
this document to maintain or otherwise support systems and/or parts that were not manufactured by or for Hamilton Sundstrand or approved
by Hamilton Sundstrand without evidence that the Federal Aviation Administration or other regulatory agency has determined that the data
in this document is valid for such use.

WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
Page T-1
Basic Issue: Feb 15/85
CAGE Code: 73030 21-51-53 Revision 15: Mar 01/13
782790
Page T-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
SAFETY ADVISORY
1. Scope
A. This publication describes processes that may require the use of chemicals, solvents,
paints, or other materials that can affect a person’s health or safety. It may also cover
high energy procedures that can affect a person’s health or safety. Warnings are placed
just ahead of these procedures to bring attention to the existence of a procedure or
material that can be dangerous.
2. Significance of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and How to Obtain MSDS
WARNING: BEFORE YOU USE ANY OF THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED IN HAMILTON
SUNDSTRAND MAINTENANCE PUBLICATIONS, BE AWARE OF ALL
HANDLING, STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS RECOMMENDED
BY THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH
MANUFACTURER’S OR SUPPLIER’S RECOMMENDATIONS MAY RESULT
IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DISEASE.
THE USER OF THIS PUBLICATION SHOULD OBTAIN THE MATERIAL

SAFETY DATA SHEETS (OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT
(OSHA) FORM 20 OR EQUIVALENT) FROM THE MANUFACTURERS OR
SUPPLIERS OF MATERIALS TO BE USED. THE USER MUST BECOME
COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER
INFORMATION AND ADHERE TO THE PROCEDURES,
RECOMMENDATIONS, WARNINGS, AND CAUTIONS OF THE
MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER FOR THE SAFE USE, HANDLING,
STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL OF THESE MATERIALS.
A. Refer to the materials list at the beginning of each section of this manual for materials
used to repair and maintain the covered equipment.
B. If you do not have a copy of the manufacturer’s MSDS for the materials covered in the
materials list, contact the manufacturer and request that a MSDS be supplied before you
use the material.
3. Purpose
A. The warnings bring your attention to the existence of a procedure that can affect a
person’s health or safety.
B. Short warnings are provided in this maintenance publication to alert operating and
maintenance personnel of potential hazards that could result in personal injury or health
hazards. The warnings do not replace the manufacturer’s recommendations. When
there is a reference to the Warnings Registry 341-006, that publication will provide more
information about the dangers of the material. The information contained in the
Warnings Registry is a summary of the manufacturer’s MSDS. The full-length warnings
provide three principle parts of safety: (1) a listing of the known dangers, (2) what is
needed to do to protect you from the dangers, and (3) what to do if the dangers occur.
C. The detailed warnings in Warnings Registry 341-006 are a summary of the
manufacturer’s MSDS and are not intended to replace the material on the sheet, but are
intended to supplement them.
Page SA-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
D. Cautions are provided in the maintenance publication or service bulletin to alert

operating and maintenance personnel to conditions that could result in equipment
damage.
4. Definitions Applying to Warnings
A. Flammable: a material that can catch fire easily and can be explosive. These materials
are labeled according to the flash point of the material.
B. Flash Point: the lowest temperature at which a flammable liquid gives off fumes that can
burn.
C. Ignition Source: includes flames, sparks, or heat.
(1) Flames: materials that are burning such as lit matches, propane torches, or pilot
lights.
(2) Sparks: materials such as lighted cigarettes, electrical motors, or static electricity.
(3) Heat: any source of energy that will raise the temperature of a flammable material to
its flash point and could include hot parts, heated tools, or direct sunlight.
D. Corrosive: acidic or alkaline material that will remove human tissue or create chemical
reactions with other materials.
E. Toxic: material that is poisonous.
F. Reactive: material that will make fumes, burn, or can be explosive when mixed with
certain other materials.
G. Shock (Electrical): the result of any source of electricity more than 50 volts that causes
current to flow through a person and can result in dangerous burns to human tissues or
death.
H. Exposure: contact with the material or physical process without protection. Contact may
be by the eyes, breathing, touch, skin absorption, or swallowing.
I. Irritation: any sense of pain, soreness, rash, or general discomfort.
5. Reporting Materials or Processes Not Covered
A. Please contact us if you find a material in a Hamilton Sundstrand maintenance document
that is known to be covered by a Material Data Safety Sheet (MSDS) but is not covered by a
warning in the procedure.
• email - mailto:tech.pubs@hs.utc.com
• fax - (860)-660-9014
Page SA-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REVISION ISSUE DATE REVISION ISSUE DATE

NUMBER DATE INSERTED BY NUMBER DATE INSERTED BY
1 Feb 15/91 Feb 15/91 S
2 Feb 15/93 Feb 15/93 S
3 Jun 01/93 Jun 01/93 S
4 Apr 15/94 Apr 15/94 S
5 Jul 15/94 Jul 15/94 S
6 Jun 15/97 Jun 15/97 S
7 Sep 15/97 Sep 15/97 S
8 Jan 01/02 Jan 01/02 HS
9 Mar 31/04 Mar 31/04 HS
10 Nov 19/04 Nov 19/04 HS
11 Oct 22/07 Oct 24/07 HS
12 Jun 20/08 Jul 10/08 HS
13 Jun 25/09 Jun 29/09 HS
14 Aug 18/10 Aug 18/10 HS
15 Mar 01/13 0DU+6
Page RR-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page RR-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Table 1
Temporary Issue Date Date Inserted/ Date Removed/ Date

Revision Number Inserted By Removed By Incorporated
21-1 Dec 14/87
21-2 Jun 28/90
21-3 Apr 15/92
Page RTR-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/ 13
782790
Page RTR-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

Table 1
Service Bulletin/ Issue Date Date Title

Revision Number Incorporated
or No Effect
21-2039 Dec 15/90 Replacement of the Bearing Cartridge
Retention Pin
21-2067 Dec 15/90 Incorporation of New Preform Packing
and Compression Spring and
Increasing of Rotor Clearances
21-2068 Feb 15/93 Modification of PN 782790-6 to PN
782790-10
21-2110 Jun 15/97 Lubrication System Changes
21-2114 Jun 15/97 Replace the Wicks and Springs
21-2118 Jun 15/97 Change of PN 782790-12 to PN
782790-16 (Rotor Dynamics and
Fuseless Turbine Rotor
Improvements)
21-2179 Jul 31/99 Jan 01/02 Modify 782790-6,-10,-12,-16 to -18
Page SBL-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page SBL-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Subject Page Date Subject Page Date
Title Page T-1 Mar 01/13 Testing and 114 Mar 01/13
T-2 Mar 01/13 Fault Isolation 115 Mar 01/13
Safety Advisory SA-1 Mar 01/13 (Continued) 116 Mar 01/13
SA-1 Mar 01/13 117 Mar 01/13
118 Mar 01/13
Record of Revisions RR-1 Mar 01/13
RR-1 Mar 01/13 119 Mar 01/13
120 Mar 01/13
Record of Temporary RTR-1 Mar 01/13 121 Mar 01/13
Revisions RTR-2 Mar 01/13
122 Mar 01/13
Service Bulletin List SBL-1 Mar 01/13 123 Mar 01/13
SBL-1 Mar 01/13 124 Mar 01/13
List of Effective Pages LEP-1 Mar 01/13 125 Mar 01/13
LEP-2 Mar 01/13 126 Mar 01/13
LEP-3 Mar 01/13 127 Mar 01/13
LEP-4 Mar 01/13 128 Mar 01/13
Table of Contents T/C-1 Mar 01/13 Disassembly 301 Mar 01/13
T/C-2 Mar 01/13 302 Mar 01/13
T/C-3 Mar 01/13 303 Mar 01/13
T/C-4 Mar 01/13 304 Mar 01/13
305 Mar 01/13
List of Figures LOF-1 Mar 01/13
306 Mar 01/13
LOF-2 Mar 01/13
307 Mar 01/13
LOF-3 Mar 01/13
308 Mar 01/13
LOF-4 Mar 01/13
Cleaning 401 Mar 01/13
List of Tables LOT-1 Mar 01/13
402 Mar 01/13
LOT-2 Mar 01/13
403 Mar 01/13
Introduction INTRO-1 Mar 01/13 404 Mar 01/13
INTRO-2 Mar 01/13
Check 501 Mar 01/13
Description and 1 Mar 01/13 502 Mar 01/13
Operation 2 Mar 01/13 503 Mar 01/13
Testing and 101 Mar 01/13 504 Mar 01/13
Fault Isolation 102 Mar 01/13 505 Mar 01/13
103 Mar 01/13 506 Mar 01/13
104 Mar 01/13 507 Mar 01/13
105 Mar 01/13 508 Mar 01/13
106 Mar 01/13 509 Mar 01/13
107 Mar 01/13 510 Mar 01/13
108 Mar 01/13 511 Mar 01/13
109 Mar 01/13 512 Mar 01/13
110 Mar 01/13 513 Mar 01/13
111 Mar 01/13 514 Mar 01/13
112 Mar 01/13 515 Mar 01/13
113 Mar 01/13 516 Mar 01/13
Page LEP-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

Check 517 Mar 01/13 Repair 3-1 601 Mar 01/13
(Continued) 518 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
519 Mar 01/13 Repair 3-2 601 Mar 01/13
520 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
521 Mar 01/13
522 Mar 01/13 Repair 4-1 601 Mar 01/13
523 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
524 Mar 01/13 Repair 4-2 601 Mar 01/13
525 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
526 Mar 01/13 603 Mar 01/13
527 Mar 01/13 604 Mar 01/13
528 Mar 01/13 Repair 4-3 601 Mar 01/13
529 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
530 Mar 01/13
531 Mar 01/13 Repair 5-1 601 Mar 01/13
532 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
533 Mar 01/13 Repair 5-2 601 Mar 01/13
534 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
535 Mar 01/13 Repair 5-3 601 Mar 01/13
536 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
537 Mar 01/13 603 Mar 01/13
538 Mar 01/13 604 Mar 01/13
539 Mar 01/13 605 Mar 01/13
540 Mar 01/13 606 Mar 01/13
Repair-General 601 Mar 01/13 Repair 6-1 601 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
603 Mar 01/13 603 Mar 01/13
604 Mar 01/13 604 Mar 01/13
605 Mar 01/13
606 Mar 01/13 Repair 6-2 601 Mar 01/13
607 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
608 Mar 01/13 603 Mar 01/13
609 Mar 01/13 604 Mar 01/13
610 Mar 01/13 Repair 7-1 601 Mar 01/13
Repair 1-1 601 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 603 Mar 01/13
603 Mar 01/13 604 Mar 01/13
604 Mar 01/13 Repair 7-2 601 Mar 01/13
Repair 2-1 601 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 Repair 8-1 601 Mar 01/13
Repair 2-2 601 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 Repair 8-2 601 Mar 01/13
603 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
604 Mar 01/13 Repair 9-1 601 Mar 01/13
605 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
606 Mar 01/13
607 Mar 01/13 Repair 10-1 601 Mar 01/13
608 Mar 01/13 602 Mar 01/13
Page LEP-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

Repair 10-2 601 Mar 01/13 Assembly 741 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 (Continued) 742 Mar 01/13
Repair 11-1 601 Mar 01/13 743 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 744 Mar 01/13
603 Mar 01/13 745 Mar 01/13
604 Mar 01/13 746 Mar 01/13
747 Mar 01/13
Repair 11-2 601 Mar 01/13 748 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 749 Mar 01/13
Repair 11-3 601 Mar 01/13 750 Mar 01/13
602 Mar 01/13 751 Mar 01/13
Assembly 701 Mar 01/13 752 Mar 01/13
702 Mar 01/13 753 Mar 01/13
703 Mar 01/13 754 Mar 01/13
704 Mar 01/13 755 Mar 01/13
705 Mar 01/13 756 Mar 01/13
706 Mar 01/13 757 Mar 01/13
707 Mar 01/13 758 Mar 01/13
708 Mar 01/13 759 Mar 01/13
709 Mar 01/13 760 Mar 01/13
710 Mar 01/13 761 Mar 01/13
711 Mar 01/13 762 Mar 01/13
712 Mar 01/13 763 Mar 01/13
713 Mar 01/13 764 Mar 01/13
714 Mar 01/13 Fits and Clearances 801 Mar 01/13
715 Mar 01/13 802 Mar 01/13
716 Mar 01/13 803 Mar 01/13
717 Mar 01/13 804 Mar 01/13
718 Mar 01/13 Special Tools, Fixtures, 901 Mar 01/13
719 Mar 01/13 and Test Equipment 902 Mar 01/13
720 Mar 01/13 903 Mar 01/13
721 Mar 01/13 904 Mar 01/13
722 Mar 01/13 905 Mar 01/13
723 Mar 01/13 906 Mar 01/13
724 Mar 01/13
725 Mar 01/13 Illustrated Parts List 1001 Mar 01/13
726 Mar 01/13 Introduction 1002 Mar 01/13
727 Mar 01/13 1003 Mar 01/13
728 Mar 01/13 1004 Mar 01/13
729 Mar 01/13 1005 Mar 01/13
730 Mar 01/13 1006 Mar 01/13
731 Mar 01/13 Numerical Index 1007 Mar 01/13
732 Mar 01/13 1008 Mar 01/13
733 Mar 01/13 1009 Mar 01/13
734 Mar 01/13 1010 Mar 01/13
735 Mar 01/13 Detailed Parts List 1011 Mar 01/13
736 Mar 01/13 1012 Mar 01/13
737 Mar 01/13 1013 Mar 01/13
738 Mar 01/13 1014 Mar 01/13
739 Mar 01/13 1015 Mar 01/13
740 Mar 01/13 1016 Mar 01/13
Page LEP-3
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

Detailed Parts List 1017 Mar 01/13
(Continued) 1018 Mar 01/13
1019 Mar 01/13
1020 Mar 01/13
1021 Mar 01/13
1022 Mar 01/13
1023 Mar 01/13
1024 Mar 01/13
1025 Mar 01/13
1026 Mar 01/13
1027 Mar 01/13
1028 Mar 01/13
1029 Mar 01/13
1030 Mar 01/13
1031 Mar 01/13
1032 Mar 01/13
1033 Mar 01/13
1034 Mar 01/13
Configuration Change 1035 Mar 01/13
Summary 1036 Mar 01/13
1037 Mar 01/13
1038 Mar 01/13
1039 Mar 01/13
1040 Mar 01/13
1041 Mar 01/13
1042 Mar 01/13
1043 Mar 01/13
1044 Mar 01/13
Page LEP-4
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject Page
SAFETY ADVISORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA-1
1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA-1
2. Significance of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and How to Obtain MSDS. SA-1
3. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA-1
4. Definitions Applying to Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA-2
5. Reporting Materials or Processes Not Covered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA-2
RECORD OF REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RR-1
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RTR-1
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SBL-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEP-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/C-1
LIST OF FIGURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOF-1
LIST OF TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOT-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRO-1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2. What to do Before the Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3. Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
4. Leakage Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5. What to do After the Tests are Completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6. Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Drain Oil from Sump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
3. Removal of Fan Outlet Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4. Removal of Turbine Outlet Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5. Removal of Turbine Outlet Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6. Removal of Outlet Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
7. Removal of Containment Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
8. Removal of Identification Plate and Warning Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
9. Removal of Plugs and Bleeders and Liquid Level Sight Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
10. Removal of Lubrication Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
11. Removal of Compressor Housing and Compressor Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
12. Removal of Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
13. Removal of Rotative Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
14. Disassembly of Rotative Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
15. Disassembly of Containment Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Page T/C-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Subject Page
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. General Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Cleaning Steel or Aluminum Subassembly
Components With Dry Abrasive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
4. Cleaning Nonmetallic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
5. Cleaning Metallic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. Specific Check Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
3. Checking Balance of Cooling Fan, Compressor Rotor, and Turbine Rotor . . . . . . 539
REPAIR-GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
3. Specific Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
DUCT, TURBINE OUTLET - REPAIR 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Repair of Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
DIFFUSER, COMPRESSOR - REPAIR 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks Up to 0.005 Inch Deep . . . . . . . . 601
DIFFUSER, COMPRESSOR - REPAIR 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Plasma Spray Repair for Scoring Up to 0.032 Inch Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
FAN, COOLING - REPAIR 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Repair of Tip or Edge Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
FAN, COOLING - REPAIR 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
HOUSING, TURBINE - REPAIR 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks Up to 0.005 Inch Deep . . . . . . . . 601
1. Plasma Spray Repair for Scoring Up to 0.032 Inch Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
ROTOR, COMPRESSOR - REPAIR 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Removal of Minor Nicks, Burrs, and Scoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replace the Headless Straight Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
PLATE, SEAL - REPAIR 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Lead Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
PLATE, SEAL - REPAIR 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Vespel Seal (62B, IPL Figure 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Page T/C-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Subject Page
PLATE AND INSULATOR, NOZZLE - REPAIR 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Lead Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
NOZZLE PLATE AND INSULATOR - REPAIR 7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Nozzle Vanes when Worn Beyond Check Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
ROTOR, TURBINE - REPAIR 8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Removal of Minor Nicks, Burrs, and Scoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
ROTOR, TURBINE - REPAIR 8-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
RING, SEAL - REPAIR 9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Repair of Sealing Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
SHAFT, DRIVE - REPAIR 10-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Repair of Minor Damage from Lead-in Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
SHAFT, DRIVE - REPAIR 10-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Repair of Minor Scratches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
HOUSING, CONTAINMENT - REPAIR 11-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Removal of Rust and Replating of Containment Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Replacement of Inlet Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Preliminary Check for Acceptable Axial Travel of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve in
Turbine Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
3. Assembly of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
4. Shimming and Installation of Face Seal -Turbine- End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
5. Shimming and Installation of Face Seal -Fan- End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
6. Install the Turbine Rotor and Measure the Rotor Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
7. Measure the Runout of the Turbine Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
8. Install the Bearing Cartridge in the Turbine Housing (Refer to Figure 710) . . . . . . 729
9. Assemble the Remaining Parts of the Rotative Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
10. Compressor Rotor Runout Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
11. Installation of Fan Spacer and Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
12. Checking Runouts on Cooling Fan and Drive Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
13. Installation of Lubrication Parts, Liquid Level Sight Plug, and Plugs and Bleeders 740
14. Dynamic Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
15. Pinning of Seal Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
16. Shimming and Installation of Compressor Diffuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
17. Pinning of Compressor Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
18. Installation of Compressor Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
19. Installation of Containment Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
20. Installation of Outlet Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
21. Installation of Warning Plate and Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
22. Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
Page T/C-3
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Subject Page
23. Completion of Assembly After Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
24. Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
FITS AND CLEARANCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
1. Fits and Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
2. Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Numerical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007
3. Detailed Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
4. Configuration Change Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
Page T/C-4
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1. Air Cycle Machine - Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 101. Preparation of the Speed Pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Figure 102. Adapter for the Insulated Mounting Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Figure 103. Installation of the Insulated Mounting Stud and Accelerometer . . . . . . . . 109
Figure 104. Performance Test Equipment Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Figure 105. Limits for the Compressor Inlet Temperature During the Vibration Survey 111
Figure 106. Locations of the Balance Weights in the Threaded Self-Locking Ring . . . 113
Figure 107. Turbine Performance Curve for PNs 782790-6, -10 and -12. . . . . . . . . . . 117
Figure 108. Turbine Performance Curve for PNs 782790-16 and 782790-18 . . . . . . . 118
Figure 109. Turbine Delta Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Figure 110. Compressor or Fan Corrected Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Figure 111. Compressor Performance Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Figure 112. Fan Performance Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Figure 113. Turbine-Housing External-Leakage Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Figure 114. Compressor-Housing External-Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Figure 501. Compressor Diffuser Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 502. Cooling Fan Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Figure 503. Stepped Pin Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Figure 504. Fan Spacer Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Figure 505. Turbine Housing Check (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Figure 506. Compressor Rotor Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Figure 507. Lead Seal Plate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Figure 508. Vespel Seal Plate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Figure 509. Seal Disk Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 510. Nozzle Plate and Insulator Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Figure 511. Turbine Rotor Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Figure 512. Seal Ring Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Figure 513. Drive Shaft Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Figure 514. Spring Seat Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
Figure 515. Helical Compression Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Figure 516. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Check (PN 753387-1 and -2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Figure 517. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Check (PN 753387-3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Figure 518. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Check (PN 753387-5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Figure 519. Containment Housing Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Figure 601. Turbine Outlet Duct Insulation Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 1-1 603
Figure 601. Compressor Diffuser Repair - Limits for Removal of
Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 2-1 602
Figure 601. Compressor Diffuser Damage Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 2-2 602
Figure 602. Compressor Diffuser - Masking for Plasma Spraying . . . . . . . . Repair 2-2 603
Figure 603. Compressor Diffuser-Masking for Plasma Spraying . . . . . . . . . Repair 2-2 603
Figure 604. Compressor Diffuser Finish Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 2-2 605
Figure 601. Cooling Fan Repair Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 3-1 601
Figure 601. Cooling Fan - Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 3-2 602
Page LOF-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Subject Page
Figure 601. Turbine Housing - Limits for Removal of Minor Scoring or
Rotor Rub Marks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 4-1 602
Figure 601. Turbine Housing Damage Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 4-2 602
Figure 602. Turbine Housing - Masking for Plasma Spraying . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 4-2 603
Figure 603. Turbine Housing Finish Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 4-2 604
Figure 601. Turbine Housing Bushing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 4-3 602
Figure 601. Compressor Rotor - Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 5-2 602
Figure 601. Measure the Diameters of the Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 5-3 602
Figure 602. Install the Headless Straight Pins (Usual Pins). . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 5-3 603
Figure 603. Make the Oversized Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 5-3 604
Figure 604. Machine the Compressor Rotor for Oversized Pins . . . . . . . . . Repair 5-3 604
Figure 605. Install the Oversized Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 5-3 606
Figure 601. Seal Plate - Lead Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 6-1 602
Figure 601. Vespel Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 6-2 604
Figure 601. Nozzle Plate and Insulator - Lead Seal Replacement . . . . . . . Repair 7-1 602
Figure 601. Nozzle Plate and Insulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 7-2 602
Figure 601. Turbine Rotor-Rebalancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 8-2 602
Figure 601. Seal Ring - Repair of Sealing Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 9-1 601
Figure 601. Containment Housing - Replacement of Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair 11-1 603
Figure 601. Containment Housing - Replacement of Inlet Screen. . . . . . . Repair 11-3 602
Figure 701. Checking Travel of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve in Turbine Housing . . . . . . . 708
Figure 702. Assembly of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Figure 703. Install the Ball Bearing on the Fan (Short)
End of the Drive Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Figure 704. Make a Check of the End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
Figure 705. Install the Ball Bearing on the Turbine (Long)
End of the Drive Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Figure 706. Installation of Face Seal - Turbine End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Figure 707. Installation of Face Seal - Fan End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Figure 708. Determination of Turbine Housing to
Turbine Rotor Clearence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Figure 709. Turbine Rotor Runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
Figure 710. Install the Bearing Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
Figure 711. Install the Bearing Cartridge in the Turbine Housing
(For PN 782790-16 Units). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
Figure 712. Compressor Rotor Runout Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
Figure 713. Installation of Fan Spacer and Cooling Fan and Checking Runouts . . . . . 737
Figure 714. Installation of Lubrication Parts, Liquid Level Sight Plug, and Plugs
and Bleeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
Figure 715. Dynamic Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Figure 716. Guide for Placement of Balance Weights in Locking Rings with
Unbalance Vector Located on Centering of Holes in Rings (Heavy Side) . 747
Unbalance Vector Located on Centering of Holes in Rings (Heavy Side) . 748
Page LOF-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Subject Page
Figure 718. Pinning of Seal Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
Figure 719. Shimming and Installation of Compressor Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
Figure 720. Pinning of Compressor Diffuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
Figure 721. Installation of Compressor Housing, Containment Housing, Outlet
Cover, and Turbine Outlet Duct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
IPL Figure 1. Air Cycle Machine (Sheet 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
IPL Figure 2. Rotative Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
IPL Figure 3. Containment Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
Page LOF-3
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page LOF-4
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 101. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 102. Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 103. Symbols and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Table 104. Performance Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 105. Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 106. Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Table 302. Consumable Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Table 502. General Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Table 503. Compressor Diffuser Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 504. Cooling Fan Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 505. Stepped Pin Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Table 506. Fan Spacer Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Table 507. Turbine Housing Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 508. Compressor Rotor Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Table 509. Seal Plate Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Table 510. Seal Disk Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Table 511. Nozzle Plate and Insulator Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Table 512. Turbine Rotor Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Table 513. Seal Ring Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Table 514. Drive Shaft Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Table 515. Spring Seat Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
Table 516. Helical Compression Spring Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Table 517. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Table 518. Containment Housing Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Table 601. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair-General 601
Table 602. Consumable Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair-General 602
Table 801. Fits and Clearances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
Table 802. Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
IPL Table 1. Configuration Change Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
Page LOT-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page LOT-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
INTRODUCTION
1. This Component Maintenance Manual gives the maintenance instructions for the Air Cycle
Machine PN 782790. The maintenance instructions include tests which show if the Air
Cycle Machine is serviceable. There are also procedures to repair or replace parts which
are not serviceable.
2. This manual was written by the Commercial Customer Service Department of Hamilton
Sundstrand Corporation, a United Technologies Company, One Hamilton Road, Windsor
Locks, CT 06096-1010. This manual includes:
• Title Page
• Safety Advisory
• Record of Revisions
• Record of Temporary Revisions
• Service Bulletin List
• List of Effective Pages
• Table of Contents
• Introduction
• Description and Operation
• Testing and Fault Isolation Procedures
• Disassembly and Assembly Procedures
• Cleaning, Check, and Repair Procedures
• Fits and Clearances, and Special Tools, Fixtures, and Test Equipment
• Ilustrated Parts List
3. Refer to the Table of Contents to find the applicable section. The Repair section includes a
list of the repair procedures.
4. The Illustrated Parts List (IPL) shows the parts of the Air Cycle Machine. The Introduction
tells how to use the IPL.
5. The Air Cycle Machine has an identification plate which shows the:
• Part Name, which identifies the machine with words
• Part No., which identifies the machine with a number
• Serial No., which identifies each unit
• HS Ref, which identifies the parts list used for the initial assembly of the unit
• Mod Data, which identifies the engineering changes which were made to the unit.
Numbers in this block can be divided by slashes (/) or dashes(-). For example, L5-8/10-
11 shows that changes L5 thru L8 and L10 and L11 were made. The L9 change was
not made.
Page INTRO-1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
6. All measured quantities in this manual are given in English units with metric equivalents in
parentheses ().
7. Verification: Testing and Fault Isolation Verified 01/17/91
Disassembly Verified by simulation
Assembly Verified 01/17/91
8. The Standard Practices Manual M2001 has common maintenance practices that may be
applicable for this type of equipment.
9. Abbreviations and Acronyms:
A - ACM self-induced vibration psi - Pounds per square inch
ABR4 - Acetylene Tetrabromide psia - Pounds per square inch
ACM - Air cycle machine (absolute)
CB - Corrected Barometer psig - Pounds per square inch
(ambient pressure) (gage)
°C - Degrees Celsius Pths - Turbine housing static-
°F - Degrees Fahrenheit pressure
°R - Degrees Rankine Ptis - Turbine inlet static-pressure
Delta P - Fan static-pressure rise Ptos - Turbine outlet static-pressure
HS - Hamilton Sundstrand rpm - Revolutions per minute
Tcal - Calibrated flowmeter
G - Gravity (vibration level)
temperature
N - Speed at which the ACM
Tci - Compressor inlet
turns
temperature
kPaa - Kilopascals absolute
Tfi - Fan inlet temperature
lb/min - Pounds per minute
Tfr - Flowmeter outlet temperature
Pcal - Calibrated flowmeter
Tin - Inlet air temperature
pressure
Tti - Turbine inlet temperature
Pcis - Compressor inlet static
Tto - Turbine outlet temperature
pressure
Wfr - Flowmeter leakage indication
Pchs - Compressor housing static-
(lb/min)
pressure
Wfrc - Corrected flowmeter leakage
Pcos - Compressor outlet static-
indication
pressure
Wt - Airflow through the turbine
Pfis - Fan inlet static-pressure
Pfr - Flowmeter outlet pressure
Page INTRO-2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. Description
A. The Air Cycle Machine (ACM) consists of three sections: A compressor section, turbine
section, and cooling fan section (Figure 1). The sections are supported by a drive shaft
and a bearing cartridge sleeve. The sleeve supports rotative components with ball
bearings.
(1) The compressor section consists of the compressor rotor, heat shield, compressor
diffuser, seal plate, and compressor housing.
(2) The turbine section consists of the turbine rotor, seal disk, nozzle plate and insulator,
and turbine housing.
(3) The cooling fan section consists of a cooling fan, containment housing, and fan
outlet diffuser.
B. The compressor rotor, seal disk, and turbine rotor are located at one end of the drive
shaft, and the cooling fan is located at the opposite end of the shaft.
C. The bearing cartridge sleeve, located between the cooling fan and the turbine rotor,
supports the rotative components. The sleeve is positioned and retained in the turbine
housing by a stepped pin.
D. Spring-loaded, nonmetallic wicks extend from the oil sump area of the turbine housing to
contact the drive shaft within the bearing cartridge sleeve and provide lubrication of the
ball bearings. Carbon face seals in the sleeve prevent air and oil leakage overboard.
Lead seals in the seal plate and nozzle plate and insulator prevent pneumatic leakage
from the compressor section to the turbine section.
2. Operation
A. Engine bleed air from the primary cooling circuit of a heat exchanger (not part of the
ACM) increases in pressure and temperature as it passes through the compressor
section of the ACM. This compressed air returns to a secondary cooling circuit in the
heat exchanger to lose the heat acquired during the compression process. The
secondary cooled air flows to the turbine section where it expands, thereby lowering its
temperature and pressure to a level suitable for aircraft air conditioning and, in turn,
driving the compressor rotor and cooling fan.
B. The rotational speed and degree of cooling of the ACM depend on the air supply
available at the turbine inlet.
C. To moderate air temperature for air conditioning, hot bypass valve bleed air enters the
bypass inlet to mix with the cold discharge air.
D. The cooling fan assures a cooling ram air flow across the heat exchanger when the
aircraft is on the ground.
Page 1
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 1. Air Cycle Machine - Sectional View
Page 2
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION

1. General
A. Do all of the tests in the sequence shown.
B. These conditions are applicable to all tests unless the instructions show differently:
(1) Temperature - 80 ±20°F (15.6 to 37.8°C)
(2) Barometric Pressure - 28 ±4 inches Hg (710 ± 100 mm Hg).
(3) Humidity - 90% relative humidity maximum (with no free moisture).
NOTE: A dew point meter will not be required at each ACM rig if the system that
provides the air to the test rig has equipment that will:
1) Dry the air to a dew point below that required.

2) Accurately measure the dew point.
C. The air must be filtered to 60 microns absolute (40 microns nominal) upstream of the
compressor air inlet.
D. The special tools, fixtures, and test equipment shown in Table 101 are used to do the
tests
NOTE: Equivalent tools, fixtures, and equipment can be used if they agree with the
requirements of ARINC Report 668.
NOTE: You can get the full address and other information for vendors or suppliers
listed in this table from the World Wide Web (www) at URL http://www.bpn.gov/
bincs/begin_search.asp. Other CAGE Code sites are also available on the
Web.
Table 101. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment
TOOL NO. NOMENCLATURE USE
AD32743-1 Test Stand Supply the inputs and monitor

the conditions for the tests.
GS21429-3 Test Diffuser (with speed Monitor the ACM speed and
pickup and displacement fan-end shaft displacement.
probe)
GS15632-2 Turbine Inlet-Port Cap (two are Seal the two turbine outlet
necessary) openings during the leakage
test.
GS15633-2 Pressure Test Cap Seal the turbine inlet opening
during the leakage test.
GS20137-1 Pressure Test Cap Seal the compressor outlet
Page 101
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 101. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Continued)
GS20138-1 Pressure Test Cap Seal the compressor inlet

GS20671-1 Closure Kit Seal the ACM openings.
GS24306-1 Outlet Duct Assembly Connects the fan outlet from
the test diffuser, GS21429-3,
to the test stand during the
functional test.
GS22194-1 Turbine Outlet Adapter Connects the turbine outlet to
the test stand during the
performance test.
GS22802-1 Compressor Inlet-Duct Connect the test stand to the
Assembly compressor inlet during the
performance tests.
2271A Accelerometer Measure ACM vibration (G).
Endevco Corp.
CAGE Code: 95411

2983B Insulated Mounting Stud Install the accelerometer on
Endevco Corp. the turbine housing.
CAGE Code: 95411

5-688-04-030-002 Heat Exchanger Remove heat from the airflow
Power Specialities Co., Inc. to the turbine inlet during the
tests.
CAGE Code: 0DHL2
E. These items of test equipment are necessary to do the tests:

(1) A high pressure air supply - 40 pounds/minute (18.14 kg/minute) flow at 230°F
(110°C) and 50 psia (344.7 kPaa).
(2) An air supply that can supply air to the cooling fan at a rate of 85 pounds per minute
(38.56 kg per minute).
(3) A rotation speed monitor - 0 to 75000 rpm, accurate within ±100 rpm between 15000
and 75000 rpm.
(4) A flowmeter - accurate within 3% of the total flow.
(5) An accelerometer and equipment to monitor vibration. The equipment and
accelerometer, together, must be accurate within 10% of full scale.
(6) A pressure gage - accurate to 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa).
Page 102
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(7) Four thermocouples - accurate to 2°F (1°C) with temperature readouts - accurate to
2°F (1°C).
(8) Two water manometers - accurate to 0.1 inch (0.02489 kPaa).
(9) A heat exchanger to remove heat from the air at the compressor outlet.
(10) A probe to measure fan-end shaft displacement. The probe and the spectrum
analyzer or oscilloscope used to show the displacement level must be accurate to
0.0001 inch (0.0025 mm).
F. Use the materials shown in Table 102 to do the tests.
NOTE: Maintenance personnel must use the specified consumable material for the
specified task. These consumable materials are known to agree with all of
the design and qualification requirements. Only approved materials
engineering personnel can make equivalent consumable material
decisions. These materials are used at the risk of the organization who
makes the decision.
listed in this table from the World Wide Web (www) at URL http://
www.bpn.gov/bincs/begin_search.asp. Other CAGE Code sites are also
available on the Web.
Table 102. Materials
Material Manufacturer or Specification Use
Chemical Film AMS2473 Give protection to metal parts.

Elasticized Modeling Clay Commercially Available Seal the turbine weep holes
(Play-Do) during turbine housing external
leakage test.
High-Heat Black Spray-Paint Borden, Inc. Make two color sections on the
and High-Heat White Spray- Dept. HPPG-Krylon end of the drive shaft. This is
Paint 180 E. Broad St. used to monitor the speed at
Columbus, OH 43215-3705 which the drive shaft turns.
Lubricating Oil, BPTO 2380 BP Products North America Lubricate the parts.
Inc.
CAGE Code: 4XLA9

NOTE: If you cannot get BPTO 2380, you can use lubricating oil, MIL-L-23699.
Lockwire MS20995C20 Safety the plug and bleeders.
Masking Tape Commercially available Seal the area that do not get
paint.
Marking Pen TT-I-544 Make a reference mark on the
threaded self-locking ring
during the high speed balance
procedure.
Page 103
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 102. Materials (Continued)
Material Manufacturer or Specification Use
Petroleum Solvent AMS3160 Clean the parts.

Post-It Note Pad 3M Company Put a cover on the area on the
end of the drive shaft that has
CAGE Code: 76381 the white paint but does not
get the black paint.
3-Ton Adhesive - No. 750 Davis Instruments Bond the accelerometer to the
Liquid Activator and No. 752 turbine housing.
Plastic Powder CAGE Code: 58502
G. The symbols and abbreviations used during TESTING are shown in Table 103.
Table 103. Symbols and Abbreviations
Symbols and Abbreviations What It Shows
A ACM self-induced vibration

ABR4 Acetylene Tetrabromide
ACM Air cycle machine

CB Corrected Barometer (ambient pressure)
Delta Pi Fan static-pressure rise
G Gravity (vibration level)
kPaa Kilopascals absolute
N Speed at which the ACM turns
lb/min Pounds per minute
Pcal Calibrated flowmeter pressure
Pcis Compressor inlet static-pressure
Pchs Compressor housing static-pressure
Pcos Compressor outlet static-pressure
Pfis Fan inlet static-pressure
Pfr Flowmeter outlet pressure
psi Pounds per square inch
psia Pounds per square inch (absolute)
psig Pounds per square inch (gage)
Page 104
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 103. Symbols and Abbreviations (Continued)
Symbols and Abbreviations What It Shows
Pths Turbine housing static-pressure

Ptis Turbine inlet static-pressure
Ptos Turbine outlet static-pressure
rpm Revolutions per minute
Tcal Calibrated flowmeter temperature
Tci Compressor inlet temperature
Tfi Fan inlet temperature
Tfr Flowmeter outlet temperature
Tin Inlet air temperature
Tti Turbine inlet temperature
Tto Turbine outlet temperature
Wfr Flowmeter leakage indication (lb/min)
Wfrc Corrected flowmeter leakage indication
Wt Airflow through the turbine
°C Degrees Celsius
°F Degrees Fahrenheit
°R Degrees Rankine
H. Put the covers supplied int he closure kit, GS20671-1, on all of the openings of the ACM.
Remove each cover only it is necessary to use the opening.
2. What to do Before the Tests
A. Turn the rotative assembly of the ACM manually. Use a light axial pressure in each
direction when you turn the rotative assembly. The rotative assembly must turn freely. A
light drag from the lead seals is permitted.
B. Prepare the speed pickup as follows:
(1) Apply masking tape and a cover on the fan-end of the ACM so that only the surface
at the end of the drive shaft shows (Figure 101).
WARNING: USE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU USE SPRAY PAINT. USE IT
IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT CAN CAUSE IRRITATION
TO YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
(2) Apply the high-heat white spray-paint to the area that shows. Let the paint dry.
Page 105
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(3) Put a Post-it note on one-half of the area that has the white paint.
NOTE: We recommend that you use a Post-it note because you can easily remove
it from the area that has the paint. When the paint is dry, it does not bond to
the Post-it note. You cannot remove masking tape from the paint as easily.
(4) Apply the high-heat black spray-paint to the area that shows.
C. Fill the oil sump as follows:
(1) Fill the oil sump with oil a minimum of 1 hour before you do the tests.
(2) Remove the plug and bleeder (220, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) from the turbine housing.
WARNING: USE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU USE LUBRICATING OIL.
USE IT IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT CAN CAUSE
IRRITATION TO YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
(3) Fill the oil sump with lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, until the level is above the liquid
level sight plug (230A).
NOTE: We recommend that you use BPTO 2380 oil to lubricate the ACM and its
parts. If BPTO 2380 is not available, you can use MIL-L-23699 as an
alternative.
(4) Install the plug and bleeder (220). Torque 15 to 25 pound-inches (1.7 to 2.8 newton-
meters) more than running torque. The running torque of the plug and bleeder must
be 9.5 to 80 pound-inches (1.1 to 9.0 newton-meters).
D. Do a prelubrication of the ACM as follows:
CAUTION: DO NOT KEEP THE ACM WITH THE SUMP UP FOR MORE THAN 30
SECONDS. THIS WILL KEEP OIL OUT OF THE TURBINE PASSAGES.
(1) Turn the ACM so that the oil sump is up. This fills the bearings and seals with oil.
(2) Turn the shaft several times while the ACM is in this position.
(3) Turn the ACM so that the oil sump is down. This will let oil drain back into the sump.
Page 106
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 101. Preparation of the Speed Pickup

E. Install the insulated mounting stud and accelerometer as follows:
(1) Make an adapter as shown in Figure 102.
(2) Clean the adapter and the top of the turbine housing as follows (Figure 103),
WARNING: KEEP PETROLEUM SOLVENT AWAY FROM SPARKS OR FLAMES.
USE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU USE IT. USE IT
IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT IS FLAMMABLE AND
CAN CAUSE IRRITATION TO YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND
RESPIRATORY TRACT.
(a) Use a brush or swab to apply petroleum solvent.
WARNING: USE GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR. MAKE SURE
THE AIR PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN (30) PSIG. PARTICLES
THAT ARE BLOWN BY COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
(b) Dry the area with compressed air that is clean, dry, and filtered.
WARNING: KEEP NO. 750 LIQUID ACTIVATOR AND NO. 752 PLASTIC POWDER
AWAY FROM SPARKS OR FLAMES. USE GOGGLES AND RUBBER
GLOVES WHEN YOU USE THEM. IF YOU GET THEM ON YOUR SKIN,
IMMEDIATELY FLUSH THE AREA WITH WATER. DO NOT BREATHE
THEIR FUMES. USE THEM IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR.
THEY ARE FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE IRRITATION TO YOUR
EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
(3) Mix equal parts (by volume) of No. 750 liquid activator with No. 752 plastic powder.
Quickly mix the two parts of the 3-ton adhesive until it is almost the same as
toothpaste.
Page 107
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(4) Immediately apply the mixed adhesive to the flat surface of the adapter. Install the
adapter on the turbine housing as shown in Figure 103.
(5) Install the insulated mounting stud, 2983B, as shown in Figure 103.
(6) Install the accelerometer, 2271A, as shown in Figure 103.
3. Performance Tests
A. Install the ACM in the test equipment configuration shown in Figure 104.
NOTE: The width of the lines that connect the ACM to the test stand must all be the
same diameter.
B. For all configurations, do the vibration survey test as follows. For PNs 782790-16 and
18, do the fan-end shaft dynamic displacement test together with the vibration survey
test as follows:
NOTE: This test and the vibration survey test and the fan-end shaft displacement test
use the same test conditions. It is important to successfully complete the fan-
end shaft dynamic displacement test first. If you monitor the vibration of the
ACM during this test, you can use the measured vibration from the final run of
the fan-end shaft dynamic displacement test for the vibration survey test.
(1) During the test make sure that the compressor inlet temperature (Tci) stays in the
limit shown in Figure 105. Maximum turbine inlet shall be 250°F (121°C).
(2) Slowly increase the ACM speed to 15000 rpm. Keep this speed for a minimum of 1
minute. Measure the fan-end shaft displacement and write it on a record. Monitor
the self-induced vibration level.
(3) Increase the ACM speed to 65000 rpm, in 5000 rpm increments. Keep the ACM
speed stable at each increment for a minimum of 1 minute. Monitor the fan-end
shaft displacement continuously. Write the maximum fan-end shaft displacement,
the maximum vibration level and the ACM speed at which they occurred on a record.
The maximum permitted vibration levels are as follows:
• 4.0 G at any stable rpm between 15000 and 65000
• 5.0 G at 65000 rpm
• 5.0 G while the rpm increases between increments (15000 to 65000).
Page 108
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(4) To calculate the maximum fan-end shaft dynamic displacement subtract the
displacement measured in step (2) from the displacement measured in step (3).
The maximum permitted fan-end shaft dynamic displacement is 0.002 inch.
Figure 102. Adapter for the Insulated Mounting Stud
Figure 103. Installation of the Insulated Mounting Stud and Accelerometer
Page 109
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 104. Performance Test Equipment Configuration
Page 110
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 105. Limits for the Compressor Inlet Temperature During the Vibration
Survey
(5) If the fan end shaft dynamic displacement and/or vibration levels are more than the
permitted levels, but less than double the permitted levels, do these steps:
(a) Slowly and continuously decrease the compressor inlet pressure (Pci) to zero.
Page 111
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(b) Do a high speed balance as follows:

NOTE: If the lowest speed at which the vibration level is less than 40000 rpm,
change the balance weights (155, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) at the fan end
first. If the vibration level was more than the limit at more than one
speed, correct the level at the lowest speed first. This improves the
vibration level at all the speeds.
1 Disassemble the ACM as necessary to change the balance weights (155) or
(15, IPL Figure 2) as applicable. Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
2 Make a reference mark on the internal retaining ring (150, IPL Figure 1, Sheet
1) or (10, IPL Figure 2) and the threaded self-locking ring (160, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 1) or (20, IPL Figure 2) with a marking pen, TT-I-544, to show where
they are aligned.
3 Do a vibration scan at five speed levels each time that you change the
balance weights as follows:
a Measure the vibration level (A) at 2000 rpm less than the lowest speed (N)
at which the vibration was more than the limit. Write the vibration level (A)
and the speed (N) on a record.
b Increase the speed (N) four times, in increments of 1000 rpm. Write the
vibration levels (A) and the speeds (N) on a record.
c If the vibration is in the limits given in paragraph (4), do a vibration survey.
Refer to paragraphs (1) thru (4). If the vibration is not in the limits, continue
at paragraph 4.
4 Remove the internal retaining ring (150, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) or (10, IPL
Figure 2).
5 Install a teflon weight PN 772427-1 in location 1 of the threaded self-locking
ring (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) or (20, IPL Figure 2). Refer to Figure 106.
6 Install the internal retaining ring (150, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) or (10, IPL
Figure 2).
7 Do a vibration scan. Refer to paragraph 3.
8 Do the procedures in paragraphs 4 thru 7 but use locations 2 and then 3.
Refer to Figure 106. If the vibration scan and vibration survey are in the limits
given in paragraph (4), continue at paragraph C.
9 Do the procedures in paragraphs 4 thru 7 but use the location that is between
the holes (1, 2, and 3) that had the lowest and next to the lowest vibration
levels. Refer to Figure 106. If the vibration scan and vibration survey are in
the limits given in paragraph (4), continue at paragraph C.
EXAMPLE #1: If location 1 had the lowest vibration level and location 2 had
the next lowest vibration level, move the weight to location 1A.
EXAMPLE #2: If location 3 had the lowest vibration level and location 2 had
the next lowest vibration level, move the weight to location 2C.
Page 112
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
10 If the vibration level is lower, but not in limits, do the procedures in paragraphs
4 thru 7 move the weight one more hole in the direction of the next to the
lowest vibration level. Refer to Figure 106. If the vibration scan and vibration
survey are in the limits given in paragraph (4), continue at paragraph C.
11 If the vibration level is lower, but not in limits replace the teflon weight with an
aluminum weight PN 772427-2 in the same location. Do a vibration scan.
Refer to paragraph 3. If the vibration scan and vibration survey are in the
limits given in paragraph (4), continue at paragraph C.
12 If the vibration level is lower, but not in limits replace the aluminum weight
with a titanium weight PN 772427-3 in the same location. Do a vibration scan.
Refer to paragraph 3. If the vibration scan and vibration survey are in the
limits given in paragraph (4), continue at paragraph C.
Figure 106. Locations of the Balance Weights in the Threaded Self-Locking Ring
13 If heavier weights increase the vibration level, you can use more than one
type of weight in more than one location.
14 If the vibration levels are not in limits after you do the high speed balance
procedure, disassemble the ACM. Do balance checks of the cooling fan (170,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) and turbine rotor
(100).
(6) If the vibration levels are more than double the permitted levels, do these steps:
(a) Slowly and continuously decrease the compressor inlet pressure (Pci) to zero.
(b) Remove the ACM from the test equipment.
(c) Remove the compressor housing (90, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and compressor
diffuser (115). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
Page 113
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(d) Examine the compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) and the inner diameter of the
compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) to see if they rubbed. If you
cannot see that they rubbed continue at step (e). If you can see that they
rubbed, do these steps:
1 Remove the cooling fan (170) and rotative group (325, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
2 Remove the marks from the compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) where the
compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) rubbed. Refer to REPAIR-
GENERAL.
3 Remove the marks from the compressor diffuser (115) where the compressor
rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) rubbed. Refer to REPAIR-GENERAL.
4 Assemble, do runout checks, and balance the ACM. Refer to ASSEMBLY.
(e) Remove the cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and rotative group (325,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
(f) Examine the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2) and the turbine housing (360, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2) to see if they rubbed. If you cannot see that they rubbed
continue at step (g). If you can see that they rubbed, do these steps:
1 Remove the marks from the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2) where the
turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) rubbed. Refer to REPAIR-
GENERAL.
2 Remove the marks from the turbine housing (360) where the turbine rotor
(100, IPL Figure 2) rubbed. Refer to REPAIR-GENERAL.
3 Assemble, do runout checks, and balance the ACM. Refer to ASSEMBLY.
(g) Disassemble the rotative group (325, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2). Replace the ball
bearings (155, 235, IPL Figure 2). Refer to ASSEMBLY.
(h) Assemble, do runout checks, and balance the ACM. Refer to ASSEMBLY.
(i) Do the vibration survey again. Refer to paragraph B.
Page 114
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
C. Do a steady-state performance test as follows:

(1) Set the conditions shown in Table 104. Keep these conditions for 10 minutes.
Table 104. Performance Conditions
Quantity
Unit of
Condition Symbol
Measure
Minimum Specified Maximum
Compressor Inlet Static- psia Pcis 33 34 35

Pressure
Compressor Inlet o
F Tci 145 165 185
Temperature (oC) (62.8) (73.9) (85)
Turbine Outlet psia Ptos 16.0 16.1 16.2

Static-Pressure
Turbine Inlet o
F Tti 185 190 195
Temperature (oC) (85) (87.8) (90.6)
Delta P inches Pcos-Ptis 29 - -

ABR4
Fan Inlet psia Pfis 14.2 14.7 15.2

Static-Pressure
Fan Inlet Temperature oF Tfi 60 85 110
(oC) (15.6) (29.4) (43.3)
(2) After the 10 minutes, write the quantities for the data items shown in Table 105.
(3) Find if the performance conditions are satisfactory as follows:
(a) Find the intersection of the turbine weight flow (Wt) and the turbine inlet static
pressure (Ptis) points on Figure 107 for part numbers 782790-6, 782790-10 and
782790-12, or Figure 108 for part numbers 782790-16 and 782790-18. The test
result is satisfactory if the intersection is in the satisfactory area shown in the
figure.
(b) Turbine Delta Temperature
1 Calculate the turbine delta temperature as follows:
Turbine Delta Temperature = (Tti - Tto)/(Tti+460)

2 Find the intersection of the turbine delta temperature and the turbine inlet
static pressure (Ptis) points on Figure 109. Find if the point is in the
satisfactory area shown on the figure.
Page 115
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 105. Performance Data
Data Symbol Unit of Measure
ACM self-induced vibration A G

Speed N rpm
Compressor inlet static- Pcis psia
pressure
Compressor outlet static- Pcos psia
pressure
Fan inlet static-pressure Pfis psia
Turbine inlet static-pressure Ptis psia
Turbine outlet static-pressure Ptos psia
Compressor inlet temperature Tci °F
(°C)
Fan inlet temperature Tfi °F
(°C)
Turbine inlet temperature Tti °F
(°C)
Turbine outlet temperature Tto °F
(°C)
Airflow through the turbine Wt lb/min
Fan static-pressure increase delta Pi inches H2O
Page 116
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 107. Turbine Performance Curve for PNs 782790-6, -10 and -12
Page 117
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 108. Turbine Performance Curve for PNs 782790-16 and 782790-18
Page 118
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 109. Turbine Delta Temperature
Page 119
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(c) Compressor Performance

1 Find the compressor corrected speed on Figure 110.
2 Calculate the compressor static-pressure ratio as follows:
Ratio = Pcos/Pcis
3 Find the point on Figure 111 where the lines made by the corrected speed
and the compressor static-pressure ratio (Pcos/Pcis) are together. Find if the
point is in the satisfactory area shown on the figure.
Figure 110. Compressor or Fan Corrected Speed
Page 120
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 111. Compressor Performance Curve
Page 121
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(d) Fan Performance

1 Find the fan corrected speed on Figure 110.
2 Calculate the fan differential to static-pressure ratio as follows:
Ratio = Delta Pf/Pfis

3 Find the point on Figure 112 where the lines made by the corrected speed
and the fan differential to static-pressure ratio (Delta Pf/Pfis) are together.
Find if the point is in the satisfactory area shown on the figure.
Figure 112. Fan Performance Curve
Page 122
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
D. Decrease all of the pressures to zero.

E. Remove the plug and bleeder (220, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) that is at the bottom of the oil
sump to drain the sump.
F. Install the plug and bleeder (220). Torque 15 to 25 pound-inches (1.7 to 2.8 newton-
meters) more than running torque. The running torque of the plug and bleeder must be
9.5 to 80 pound-inches (1.1 to 9.0 newton-meters). Safety the plug and bleeder with
lockwire MS20995C20.
4. Leakage Tests
A. Turbine-Housing External-Leakage Test
(1) Install the ACM in the test equipment configuration shown in Figure 113.
NOTE: For ACM 782790-18, seal the turbine weep holes with elasticized modeling
clay (Play-Do) during the test. Make sure to remove it after completion of
test.
(2) Pressurize the turbine inlet, measured at the flowmeter outlet (Pfr), to 14.5 to 15.5
psig. The temperature of the air must be 65 to 95°F (18.3 to 35°C).
(3) Apply a soap and water solution to area around the oil sump openings and the sump
cover. Examine the areas with the solution for leakage. If you see any leakage,
replace the applicable packings.
(4) When you can see that there is no leakage from the oil sump, measure the total
leakage with the flowmeter.
Figure 113. Turbine-Housing External-Leakage Test
Page 123
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(5) Calculate the corrected leakage rate as follows:
( Pfr ) ( Tcal )
Wfrc = Wfr ------------------------------
( Pcal ) ( Tfr )
where:
Wfrc = Corrected flowmeter leakage indication (lb/min)
Wfr = Flowmeter leakage indication (lb/min)
Pfr = Flowmeter outlet pressure (psia)
Pcal = Calibrated flowmeter pressure (psia)
Tfr = Flowmeter outlet temperature (°R)
Tcal = Calibrated flowmeter temperature (°R)
The total leakage must not be more than 0.38 pound per minute (0.17 kg).
(6) Decrease the pressure to zero. Bleed the test stand
B. Compressor-Housing External-Leakage Test
(1) Install the ACM in the test equipment configuration shown in Figure 114.
(2) Pressurize the compressor outlet, measured at the flowmeter outlet (Pfr), to 14.5 to
15.5 psig (100 to 107 kpag). The temperature of the air must be 65 to 95°F (18.3 to
35°C).
(3) Measure the total leakage with the flowmeter.
(4) Repeat steps A.(5) and (6), above except that the total leakage must not be more
than 0.23 ppm (0.10 kg/m) for ACMs 782790-6, -10, and -12, or 0.42 (0.19 kg/m) for
ACMs 782790-16 and 18.
5. What to do After the Tests are Completed
A. Remove the test fixtures from the ACM. Remove the ACM from the test stand.
WARNING: KEEP PETROLEUM SOLVENT AWAY FROM SPARKS OR FLAMES. USE
GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU USE IT. USE IT IN AN AREA
WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE
B. Examine the ACM for contamination from oil or grease. If there is contamination in the
air passages, remove the contamination with a clean cloth and petroleum solvent.
C. Remove the accelerometer and insulated mounting stud as follows:
(1) Remove the accelerometer from the insulated mounting stud.
(2) Lightly hit the insulated mounting stud with a small plastic mallet to loosen it from the
turbine housing. Remove the stud.
Page 124
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(3) Carefully remove the adhesive from the turbine housing and the insulate mounting
stud with a knife.
Figure 114. Compressor-Housing External-Leakage Test

(4) Remove the remaining adhesive as follows:
WARNING: KEEP PETROLEUM SOLVENT AWAY FROM SPARKS OR FLAMES.
USE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU USE IT. USE IT
IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT IS FLAMMABLE AND
CAN CAUSE IRRITATION TO YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND
RESPIRATORY TRACT.
(a) Apply petroleum solvent with a brush or swab.
WARNING: USE GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR. MAKE SURE
THE AIR PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN (30) PSIG. PARTICLES
THAT ARE BLOWN BY COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
(b) Dry the parts with compressed air that is clean, dry, and filtered.
(5) If the layer of chemical film on the turbine housing gets damage when you remove
the insulated mounting stud, apply chemical film, AMS2473, to the areas that have
damage. Let the chemical film dry before you move the ACM.
Page 125
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
6. Fault Isolation
A. Refer to Table 106 for ACM fault isolation information.
Table 106. Fault Isolation
Test Result That is not

Possible Cause How to Correct it
Satisfactory
Pre-Test That the Drive Shaft Turns Freely

When you turn the rotative The turbine rotor (100, IPL Do checks of the end-play of
assembly in one direction it Figure 2) or compressor rotor the drive shaft, the runouts of
rubs. It does not rub in the (40) rub the housing or the rotor, and the selection of
other. diffuser. shims for the rotors. Refer to
ASSEMBLY.
Vibration Survey Test
The vibration level is more The compressor rotor (40, IPL Increase the thickness of the
than the limits. Figure 2) rubs the compressor solid shims (125, IPL Figure 1,
diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
Sheet 1).
The turbine rotor (100, IPL Install a sleeve bushing (180,
Figure 2) rubs the turbine IPL Figure 2) that is longer.
housing (360, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 2).
The assembly is incorrectly Do the balance procedure.
balanced.
The cooling fan (170, IPL Correct the runout.
Figure 1, Sheet 1) runout is
incorrect.
The compressor rotor (40, IPL Correct the runouts.
Figure 2) or turbine rotor (100)
runouts are incorrect.
The compressor diffuser (115, Move the compressor diffuser
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) is not in to the center.
the center on the compressor
rotor (40, IPL Figure 2).
The ball bearings (155 and Replace the ball bearings.
235, IPL Figure 2) have
damage.
Steady-State Performance Test
The turbine performance is not The vanes of the turbine rotor Repair or replace the turbine
satisfactory. (100, IPL Figure 2) have rotor.
erosion or damage.
Page 126
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 106. Fault Isolation (Continued)
Test Result That is not

Possible Cause How to Correct it
Satisfactory
The throat area of the turbine Repair or replace the turbine

housing (360, IPL Figure 1, housing.
Sheet 2) has erosion or
damage.
The compressor performance The vanes of the compressor Repair or replace the turbine
is not satisfactory. rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) have rotor.
erosion or damage.
The throat area of the Repair or replace the
compressor diffuser (115, IPL compressor diffuser.
Figure 1, Sheet 1) has erosion
or damage.
The fan performance is not The blades of the cooling fan Repair or replace the cooling
satisfactory (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) fan.
have erosion or damage.
The liner or the containment Replace the liner (15, IPL
housing (145, IPL Figure 1, Figure 3).
Sheet 1) has erosion or
damage.
Turbine-Housing External-Leakage Test
The leakage is not in its limits. The performed packings (265, Replace the performed
330, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), (5, packings.
80, IPL Figure 2) are
damaged.
The seals (62, 95, IPL Figure Replace the seals.
2) are worn.
The sump cover (260, IPL Repair or replace the sump
Figure 1, Sheet 2) is damaged. cover.
The turbine housing (360, IPL Repair or replace the turbine
Figure 1, Sheet 2) is damaged. housing.
Compressor-Housing External-Leakage Test
The leakage is not in its limits. The preformed packings (100, Replace the preformed
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), (45, packings.
IPL Figure 2) are damaged.
The seals (62, 95, IPL Figure Replace the seals.
2) are worn.
The compressor housing (90, Repair or replace the
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) is compressor housing.
damaged.
Page 127
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 128
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
DISASSEMBLY
1. General
A. The disassembly procedure is written for complete component maintenance. If partial
disassembly is required, use only the applicable sections pertinent to partial component
maintenance.
NOTE: Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION to establish the condition of the
component or most probable cause of its malfunction. This is to determine the
extent of disassembly required without completely tearing down and rebuilding
the component.
B. Remove all protective caps and covers prior to disassembly.
C. Cut and remove all external lockwire prior to disassembly. Remove warning tag (175,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), if present.
D. Throughout the disassembly procedure, turbine end refers to the end of the unit which
contains the turbine and compressor rotors, and fan end refers to the end in which the
cooling fan is located.
E. Disassemble generally in numerical sequence of item numbers shown in IPL Figures 1,
2 and 3.
F. Where referenced in the disassembly procedures, remove rotors by heating in
accordance with the following procedure:
WARNING: HANDLING HOT ITEMS PRESENTS SERIOUS BURN POTENTIAL. HEAT
RESISTANT GLOVES MUST BE WORN.
CAUTION: HEAT ROTOR ONLY AS INDICATED TO PREVENT HOT SPOTS AND
LOSS OF ROTOR HARDNESS.
(1) Heat rotor using heat gun, Model VT-750B. Maintain a minimum distance of one-half
inch between heat gun tip and rotor.
(2) Frequently rotate rotor a quarter of a turn to prevent hot spots.
(3) After each quarter turn, check rotor surface temperature, in area last heated, using
handle and probe set, Model HDX-SET- FSP-T-OST, and digital thermometer,
Model HH99A-T1, so that a maximum temperature of 250°F is not exceeded.
(4) Frequently check to see if rotor can be removed to minimize amount of heating.
(5) Do not heat rotor for more than 1 hour.
G. Use a Wilton PowRarm, Model 301, which is a swivel holding tool, to hold and position
the ACM during disassembly, as required. The bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1, and
power arm fixture, GS22815-1, which are listed in Table 301, are designed for mounting
on the Wilton PowRarm.
Page 301
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
H. Special tools, fixtures, and equipment required for disassembly are listed in Table 301.
Web.
GS15609-1 Carbon Seal Puller Remove face seals from

bearing cartridge sleeve.
GS15610-1 Bearing Sleeve Support Support bearing cartridge
sleeve during removal of
turbine end ball bearing, and
support fan end ball bearing
during removal from removal
from drive shaft.
GS15614-1 Seal and Spring Seat Installer Remove spring seat from
Driver bearing cartridge sleeve.
GS15615-1 Bearing Sleeve Holder Hold rotative group during
disassembly. Mounts to Wilton
PowRarm, Model 301.
GS15618-1 Check Nut (2 Required) Hold drive shaft during
removal of turbine end
threaded self locking ring.
GS15622-1 Turbine Housing Support Hold ACM during removal of
containment housing.
GS22333-2 Spanner Wrench (2 Required) Remove fan end threaded self
locking ring.
GS22529-1 Compressor Housing Extractor Remove compressor housing.
(2 required)
GS22815-1 Power Arm Fixture Hold turbine housing and
rotative group during
disassembly. Mounts to Wilton
PowRarm, Model 301.
Model HDX-SET-FSP-T-OST, Handle and Probe Set, Digital Check surface temperature of
Model HH99A-T1 Thermometer Omega rotors to prevent overheating
Engineering Inc. during removal.
One Omega Dr.
P.O. Box 4047
Stamford, CT 06907-0047
Page 302
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Model VT-750B Heat Gun Heat rotors for removal.

Master Appliance Corp.
2420 18th St.
P.O. Box 68
Racine, WI 53401
Model 301 Wilton PowRarm Swivel holding and positioning
Wilton Corp. tool, used with items
300 S. Hicks Road GS15615-1 and GS22815-1.
Palatine, IL 60067
CAGE Code: 66080
I. Consumable materials required for disassembly are listed in Table 302.

specified task. These consumable materials are known to agree with all of the
design and qualification requirements. Only approved materials engineering
personnel can make equivalent consumable material decisions. These
materials are used at the risk of the organization who makes the decision.
Web.
Table 302. Consumable Materials
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Anti-Seize Thread Lubricant MIL-T-5544 Protect drive shaft threads

during removal of threaded
self locking rings.
Petroleum Solvent AMS3160 Soften adhesive when
removing outlet gaskets.
2. Drain Oil from Sump

A. Drain oil from sump, if not previously drained, or drain any residual oil by removing plug
and bleeder (220, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) from sump cover (245). Temporarily replace
plug in cover.
3. Removal of Fan Outlet Diffuser
A. Remove six screws (5, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and six washers (10) that retain fan outlet
diffuser (15) to containment housing (145).
B. Remove fan outlet diffuser (15).
Page 303
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
4. Removal of Turbine Outlet Cover

A. Remove six screws (20, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), six washers (25), and outlet cover (30).
5. Removal of Turbine Outlet Duct
A. Remove six screws (40, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), six washers (45), and turbine outlet duct
(50).
6. Removal of Outlet Gaskets
WARNING: PETROLEUM SOLVENT, AMS3160, IS COMBUSTIBLE AND MODERATELY
TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. EYE AND SKIN
PROTECTION REQUIRED. GOOD GENERAL VENTILATION IS NORMALLY
ADEQUATE.
A. Remove outlet gaskets (35 and 55, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) from turbine housing (335,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) using a plastic scraper and petroleum solvent, AMS3160, to
loosen gasket adhesive. Remove any residual adhesive from housing with a clean cloth
dampened with solvent. Discard gaskets.
7. Removal of Containment Housing
A. Place assembly fan end down on turbine housing support fixture, GS15622-1.
B. Remove nine screws (135, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and nine washers (140) that retain
containment housing (145) to turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
C. Lift assembly off of containment housing (145, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). If necessary,
disassemble containment housing (145) in accordance with paragraph 15.
D. Install assembly in a horizontal position in power arm fixture, GS22815-1. Fasten
assembly to fixture at the fan side flange of turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
8. Removal of Identification Plate and Warning Plate
A. If necessary, remove four screws (180, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and identification plate
(185).
B. If necessary, remove four screws (190) and warning plate (195).
9. Removal of Plugs and Bleeders and Liquid Level Sight Plug
A. Remove pin (200, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), spring wire (205), and chain (210). For ACMs
incorporating L9, also remove pin (201), spring wire (206), and chain (211). Discard pins
(200 and 201).
B. Remove two plugs and bleeders (220) and two preformed packings (215). Discard
packings. For ACMs incorporating L9, also remove plug and bleeder (221) and
preformed packing (216). Discard packing.
C. Remove liquid level sight plug (230A) and preformed packing (225). Discard packing.
10. Removal of Lubrication Parts
A. Straighten locking tabs on tab washer (240, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2). Remove internal
retaining ring (235) and tab washer (240). Discard tab washer.
B. Remove sump cover (245) and preformed packing (265). Discard packing.
Page 304
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
C. Do not remove headless straight pin (250) from cover (260) unless pin is bent or
projection exceeds limit of CHECK. See REPAIR-GENERAL.
D. Do not remove insert (255) from cover (260) unless insert is loose or damaged. See
REPAIR-GENERAL.
E. Remove two screws (270), two washers (275), and retaining plate (280).
F. Remove two spring retainers (285), two springs (290), two wick bushings (295), and two
nonmetallic wicks (300). Discard wicks.
11. Removal of Compressor Housing and Compressor Diffuser
A. If necessary, remove plug and bleeder (60, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and preformed
packing (65). Discard packing.
B. Remove ten nuts (70), ten washers (75), ten screws (85), and ten washers (80). Remove
compressor housing (90) by carefully prying off with two compressor housing extractors,
GS22529-1, inserted under flange of housing. Remove preformed packing (100) and
discard.
C. Do not remove insert (95) from compressor housing (90) unless insert is loose or
damaged. See REPAIR-GENERAL.
CAUTION: REMOVE COMPRESSOR DIFFUSER (115) ONLY IN AN AXIAL DIRECTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGING THE BLADES OF COMPRESSOR ROTOR (30,
IPL FIGURE 2).
D. Remove eight screws (105, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and eight washers (110). Carefully
pry off compressor diffuser (115) and heat shield (120).
E. Remove the two exposed spiral spring pins (55, IPL Figure 2). Discard pins.
F. Remove solid shims (125, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
12. Removal of Cooling Fan
A. Remove internal retaining ring (150, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and balance weight(s) (155),
if present, from fan end threaded self locking ring (160).
NOTE: Balance weights (155) and (15, IPL Figure 2) are reusable. Do not discard.
B. Remove internal retaining ring (10) and balance weight(s) (15), if present, from turbine
end threaded self locking ring (20).
CAUTION: APPLY LUBRICANT TO THREADED ENDS OF DRIVE SHAFT (240), AS
INDICATED IN PARAGRAPH C., TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF
THREAD DAMAGE DURING REMOVAL OF THREADED SELF LOCKING
RINGS (160, IPL FIGURE 1, SHEET 1) AND (20, IPL FIGURE 2).
C. Apply anti-seize thread compound, MIL-T-5544, to threaded ends of drive shaft (240).
D. Install spanner wrenches, GS22333-2, in balance weight holes of threaded self locking
rings (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and (20, IPL Figure 2).
E. While holding turbine end threaded self locking ring (20), remove fan end threaded self
locking ring (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). Remove flat washer (165).
Page 305
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
F. Remove cooling fan (170) by heating in accordance with the procedure in paragraph 1.F.
G. Remove fan spacer (320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
13. Removal of Rotative Group
A. Remove stepped pin (305, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
B. For ACMs not incorporating L9, remove 15 screws (310) and 15 washers (315). For
ACMs incorporating L9, remove 11 screws (311) and 11 washers (316).
C. Remove assembly from power arm fixture, GS22815-1.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A BANGING MOTION OR IMPACT TYPE FORCE TO REMOVE
ROTATIVE GROUP (325) FROM TURBINE HOUSING (335) AS BALL
BEARINGS (155 AND 235, IPL FIGURE 2) WILL BE DAMAGED AND
REQUIRE REPLACEMENT. REMOVE ASSEMBLY ONLY AS INDICATED IN
PARAGRAPH D.
D. Place assembly fan end up on an arbor press with turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 2) resting on support blocks to provide clearance for removal of rotative group
(325). Carefully press down on fan end of drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2), using as little
pressure as necessary, to remove rotative group (325, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) from
turbine housing (335).
E. Remove two preformed packings (330) and the fan split ring (332) from fan end bore of
turbine housing (335). Discard packings.
F. For turbine housing (335 or 335A), do not remove 18 inserts (340), 15 inserts (345),
insert (350) or insert (354) from housing (360 or 360A) unless inserts are loose or
damaged. See REPAIR-GENERAL.
G. For turbine housing (335B), do not remove 18 inserts (340), 11 inserts (346), insert (350)
or two inserts (355) from housing (360B) unless inserts are loose or damaged. See
REPAIR-GENERAL.
H. Do not remove bushing (356) from housing (360A or 360B) unless ID of bushing
exceeds limit specified in CHECK. See REPAIR 4-3.
14. Disassembly of Rotative Group
A. Remove preformed packing (5, IPL Figure 2) and turbine split ring (6) from bearing
cartridge sleeve (275). Discard packing.
B. Remove preformed packing (45) from seal plate (60) and preformed packing (80) from
nozzle plate and insulator (85). Discard packings.
C. Place rotative group in bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1.
D. Install two check nuts, GS15618-1, on fan end of drive shaft (240) and tighten nuts
together. While holding inner nut, remove threaded self locking ring (20) with spanner
wrench, GS22333-2. Remove flat washer (25) and check nuts.
Page 306
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
CAUTION: IF NECESSARY TO PRY UNDER ROTOR TO ASSIST IN ITS REMOVAL,

USE A THIN, WIDE BLADE TOOL TO ENSURE THAT PRESSURE IS
DISTRIBUTED OVER THE AREA OF SEVERAL ROTOR VANES TO
PREVENT DEFORMATION OF ROTOR.
E. Remove compressor rotor (30) by heating in accordance with the procedure in
paragraph 1.F. If necessary, removal of rotor may be assisted by carefully prying
underneath rotor in two spots.
F. Do not remove two headless straight pins (35) from rotor (40).
G. Carefully remove seal plate (60), nozzle insulator (70 or 70A), seal disk (75), and nozzle
plate and insulator (85).
H. Remove the two exposed spiral spring pins (50) and discard.
I. Do not remove eight inserts (65) from seal plate (60) unless inserts are loose or
damaged. See REPAIR-GENERAL. Lead seal (62) in seal plate (60) must be replaced
each time seal plate is removed. See REPAIR 6-1.
J. Lead seal (95) in nozzle plate and insulator (85) must be replaced each time nozzle
plate and insulator is removed. See REPAIR 7-1.
K. Remove turbine rotor (100) by heating in accordance with the procedure in paragraph
1.F.
L. Remove aluminum sleeve bushing (180) and record length or dash number of bushing
for reference use during assembly.
M. Remove internal retaining ring (160) and shims (165).
N. Remove face seal (205) using carbon seal puller, GS15609-1. Discard face seal.
O. Temporarily position rotative group turbine end down and remove seal ring (230) and
shims (210). Discard seal ring. Reposition rotative group with turbine end up and remove
internal retaining ring (225).
P. Invert rotative group in bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1, with fan end up. Remove
internal retaining ring (105) and shims (110).
Q. Remove face seal (125) using carbon seal puller, GS15609-1. Discard face seal.
R. Temporarily position rotative group fan end down and remove seal ring (150) and shims
(130). Discard seal ring. Reposition rotative group with fan end up and remove internal
retaining ring (145).
S. Remove rotative group from bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1. Place assembly on
bearing sleeve support, GS15610-1, with fan end of drive shaft (240) facing down.
T. Using an arbor press, carefully press on turbine end of drive shaft (240) until ball bearing
(235) unseats from shaft. Remove shaft with attached ball bearing (155) from fan end of
bearing cartridge sleeve (275). Remove ball bearing (235) from turbine end of sleeve.
Discard ball bearing.
NOTE: Ball bearings (155 and 235) must be replaced whenever they are removed from
drive shaft (240) or whenever the ACM is being disassembled for a complete
overhaul.
Page 307
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
U. Place drive shaft (240) turbine end down in bearing sleeve support, GS15610-1,
supported by ball bearing (155). Using an arbor press, carefully press on fan end of drive
shaft (240) until ball bearing (155) unseats from shaft. Remove bearing from shaft.
Discard bearing.
V. Insert seal and spring seat installer driver, GS15614-1, into fan end of bearing cartridge
sleeve (275). Press tool against spring seat (250) to compress compression spring (270)
and remove one headed straight pin (245). Discard pin.
W. Remove spring seat (250), compression spring (270), and shims (255) from fan end of
bearing cartridge sleeve (275). Record thickness of shims (255) for reference use during
assembly.
NOTE: If unit being disassembled suffered bearing seizure, compression spring (270)
must be replaced.
X. Remove remaining headed straight pin (245) and spring seat (250) from turbine end of
bearing cartridge sleeve (275). Discard pin.
NOTE: Do not disassemble bearing cartridge sleeve (275) as there are no user-
serviceable parts.
15. Disassembly of Containment Housing
A. Remove three screws (5, IPL Figure 3) and three washers (10). Remove liner (15) and
containment ring (20) from housing (55).
B. Remove preformed packing (25) from housing (55).
C. Do not remove three rivets (35) or four rivets (40) unless inlet screen (45) is damaged.
See REPAIR 11-3.
D. Do not remove 18 inserts (30) from housing (55) unless they are loose or damaged. See
REPAIR-GENERAL.
E. Do not remove three headless straight pins (50) from housing (55) unless liner (15) is to
be replaced. See REPAIR 11-1.
Page 308
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
CLEANING
1. General
A. See Table 401 for consumable materials.
listed in this table from the World Wide Web (www) at URL http://
www.logisticsinformationservice.dla.mil. Other CAGE Code sites are also
available on the Web.
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Corrosion Preventive AMS3078 Corrosion prevention.

Compound
Isopropyl Alcohol TT-I-735 Grade A Cleaning solvent.
Oakite 202 or Aakite 79L Oakite Products, Inc. Rotor cleaning.
Cleaner 50 Valley Road
Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922
CAGE Code: 44389

Petroleum Solvent AMS3160 Cleaning solvent.
Sodium-Bicarbonate Blast Commercially available Used for the sodium-
Media (ARMEX blast media bicarbonate dry-abrasive
maintenance formula or blasting procedure of the steel
equivalent) and the aluminum sub
assembly components.
2. General Cleaning Procedures

CAUTION: DO NOT USE METAL WOOL, METAL BRUSHES, OR ABRASIVES TO
CLEAN PARTS TO AVOID DAMAGING PARTS.
A. Clean all parts (except parts requiring replacement) by immersion, swabbing, or
spraying with the appropriate solvent. If deposits do not readily wash off, the part may be
scrubbed with a natural bristle brush.
Page 401
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
WARNING: COMPRESSED AIR USED FOR CLEANING CAN CREATE AIRBORNE

PARTICLES THAT MAY ENTER THE EYES. PRESSURE MUST NOT
EXCEED 30 PSIG. EYE PROTECTION REQUIRED.
B. Dry parts, including passageways, using clean, dry, filtered, low-pressure, compressed
air.
3. Cleaning Steel or Aluminum Subassembly
Components With Dry Abrasive
A. The steel or the aluminum subassembly components of the ACM can be cleaned by a
sodium-bicarbonate dry-abrasive blasting with the procedures that follow:
CAUTION: THE SODIUM-BICARBONATE DRY-ABRASIVE BLASTING MUST NOT
BE USED TO CLEAN THE BEARING SURFACES SUCH AS BEARING
SHAFTS, THRUST BEARING SURFACES, OR RING SEALS. THIS CAN
RESULT IN DEGRADATION OF THE SURFACE FINISH.
CAUTION: SOME OF THE COMPONENTS CAN CONTAIN SEMI-PERMANENT
PART MARKINGS SUCH AS INK MARKINGS. THE PART MARKINGS
MUST BE MASKED BEFORE THE SODIUM-BICARBONATE DRY-
ABRASIVE BLASTING PROCEDURE SO THEY ARE NOT DAMAGED.
(1) Clean the steel and the aluminum components by sodium-bicarbonate dry-abrasive
blasting with a sodium-bicarbonate dry-abrasive blast media. The components must
be placed in a applicable blast cabinet or chamber for this procedure.
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAN OR DRY PARTS, MAKE
SURE THAT THE PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN 30 POUNDS PER
SQUARE INCH (200 KILOPASCALS). DO NOT DIRECT THE AIRSTREAM
AT PERSONNEL OR LIGHT OBJECTS. PUT ON GOGGLES OR A FACE
SHIELD TO PROTECT YOUR EYES. THIS WILL HELP TO PREVENT
INJURIES TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT. IF YOU
HAVE AN EYE INJURY, GET MEDICAL ATTENTION.
(2) Use dry, filtered, compressed air supply 25 pisg (172.4 kPa) maximum to clean the
remaining media from the parts after the blast procedure.
(3) Immediately after the sodium-bicarbonate dry-abrasive blasting procedure flush the
parts in clean water to completely remove the remaining sodium-bicarbonate blast
media.
NOTE: Parts must be washed 20 minutes after the sodium-bicarbonate dry-
abrasive blasting procedure.
(4) Make sure that the sodium-bicarbonate dry-abrasive blast media has been flushed
from the threads, passageways, steel grooves, and concealed areas where the
sodium-bicarbonate dry-abrasive blast media can collect.
WARNING: PUT ON THERMALLY INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER SUITABLE
PROTECTION TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN LOADING PARTS INTO A
PREHEATED OVEN OR HANDLING HEATED OR CHILLED PARTS.
(5) Put the components in an oven at 220 to 230 °F (104 to 110 °C) for 1 to 2 hours to
dry.
Page 402
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
4. Cleaning Nonmetallic Parts

WARNING: KEEP ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL, TT-I-735, AWAY FROM SPARKS OR
FLAMES. USE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES. USE ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL, TT-I-735, IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR.
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL, TT-I-735, IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN IRRITATE THE
EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
A. Nonmetallic parts which contain a rubber or synthetic base may deteriorate from
exposure to organic solvents. When necessary, clean these parts with a soft, lint-free
cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol. Immediately after cleaning, wipe the parts dry to
remove residual solvent.
5. Cleaning Metallic Parts
WARNING: PETROLEUM SOLVENT, AMS3160, IS COMBUSTIBLE AND MODERATELY
TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. EYE AND SKIN
PROTECTION REQUIRED. GOOD GENERAL VENTILATION IS NORMALLY
ADEQUATE.
A. Use petroleum solvent, AMS3160, to clean metallic parts. Use clean, dry, filtered, low-
pressure, compressed air to dry the cleaned parts.
B. Rotors shall be cleaned prior to inspection by immersing in a tank containing 2 to 5
percent (by volume) Oakite 202 or Oakite 79L. Allow to soak for 15 to 30 minutes. Rinse
with cold water until no evidence of cleaner remains. Drain, reinspect for cleanliness,
and repeat if necessary. Dry with clean, dry, filtered, low-pressure, compressed air.
C. When a delay in the scheduled component maintenance occurs, coat all cleaned,
unpainted metallic surfaces with corrosion preventive compound, AMS3078. When the
component maintenance procedure has been rescheduled, remove the compound prior
to parts inspection by cleaning with petroleum solvent, AMS3160.
Page 403
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 404
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
CHECK
1. General
A. Special tools, fixtures, and equipment required for check are listed in Table 501.
Web.
CAB 570 or CAB 690-R Balance Machine Check biplanar balance of

Schenck Trebel Copr. cooling fan, compressor rotor,
535 Acorn St. or turbine rotor.
Deer Park, NY 11729
CAGE Code: 30218

GS14773-1 Balance Fixture Hold cooling fan, compressor
rotor, or turbine rotor during
balance check on balance
machine, CAB 570 or CAB
690-R.
GS15611-1 Arbor Set Install cooling fan, compressor
rotor or turbine rotor in balance
fixture, GS14773-1.
GS15800-1 Balancing Accessories Kit Controls air flow to drive
cooling fan, compressor rotor,
or turbine rotor during balance
check.
GS15801-1 Balance Machine Nozzle Direct air flow to cooling fan,
Assembly compressor rotor, or turbine
rotor during balance check.
CAUTION: TO REALIZE PROPER EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND SERVICE LIFE, IT IS

ESSENTIAL THAT ALL SUBSEQUENT STEPS BE PERFORMED IN THE
CLEANEST, DRIEST ENVIRONMENT POSSIBLE. KEEP ALL PARTS
COVERED WHENEVER WORK IS NOT BEING PERFORMED ON THEM.
AVOID TOUCHING THE SURFACES OF FINELY MACHINED PARTS.
B. Visually check all parts for evidence of wear, galling, metal pickup, cracks, nicks, burrs,
and other damage. Refer to Table 502 for specific check procedures. If repairable, refer
to REPAIR-GENERAL.
Page 501
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
C. Check all surface treated parts for damage and wear exposing base metal. Repair in
accordance with REPAIR-GENERAL or the specific repair referenced.
D. Dimensionally inspect parts only when visual inspections indicate wear, unless
otherwise specified. It is not necessary to inspect basic profile dimensions shown in
figures and charts if wear is not indicated.
E. Carefully check the mating surfaces of the parts listed below for burrs, since even
extremely small burrs may result in excessive rotor or drive shaft runouts during build-up
of the rotative group. Also, check parallelism, perpendicularity, and flatness of mating
surfaces of these parts, where specified in Table 502.
Threaded self locking rings (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and (20, IPL Figure 2)
Flat washers (165, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and (25, IPL Figure 2)
Cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1)
Fan spacer (320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2)
Compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2)
Seal disk (75, IPL Figure 2)
Turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2)
Seal rings (150 and 230, IPL Figure 2)
Aluminum sleeve bushing (180, IPL Figure 2)
F. Check passageways for freedom from obstruction. Remove obstruction in accordance
with CLEANING.
G. Check threads, including inserts, for wear, burrs and nicks. Repair nicks and burrs in
accordance with REPAIR-GENERAL. If required, ascertain that threads maintain
installation torque.
H. If necessary, use a 10-power magnifying glass to confirm reliability of suspected or
marginal parts.
I. Write the information from the identification plate (185, IPL Figure 1) on a record. Put the
information on the plate as specified in ASSEMBLY. If you cannot find the plate, find the
necessary information as follows:
(1) Look at the records for the unit to find the part number, modification data and serial
number. Put the information on the identification plate (185) as specified in
ASSEMBLY. If you cannot find this information in the records do steps (2) thru (4), as
necessary.
(2) Use the applicable detail parts of the unit to identify the unit part number and
modification data. The Configuration Change Summary and the Detailed Parts List
in the Illustrated Parts List supply the necessary information.
(3) Give the unit a new serial number that includes these elements:
- Facility identification (e.g. LB)
- Month/Year (e.g. 0294)
- A sequence-identification for each separate serial number given to each part
number by the facility during the identified month (e.g. A).
Two examples of serial numbers that include these elements are shown below:
Page 502
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Example 1: LB0294A
LB 02 94 A
HSSLB FEB 1994 The first serial number
assigned by HSSLB to
this part number
during Feb 94
Example 2: MT1194B
MT 11 94 B
MICROTECNICA NOV 1994 The second serial
number assigned by
Microtecnica to this
part number during
Nov 94.
(4) Write the information from steps (2) and (3) on a record that you will keep. Put the
information on the identification plate (185) as specified in ASSEMBLY.
2. Specific Check Requirements
A. Refer to Table 502 thru Table 518 for items to be specifically checked
NOTE: Acceptance or rejection of parts receiving nondestructive inspection shall be
determined on service incurred defects only, such as fatigue cracks and overstress
cracks. Minor surface irregularities or machine marks are not to be considered
cause for rejection.
Table 502. General Checks
Nomenclature (Item
and IPL Figure Type Check Procedure Allowable Limits
Number)
Turbine Outlet Duct Visual Check insulation Patch damaged areas

(50, IPL Figure 1, material on duct for in accordance with
Sheet 1) damage. REPAIR 1-1.
Compressor Housing Visual Check housing and Only minor damage
(90, IPL Figure 1, duct ends for from normal use and
Sheet 1) deformation and handling allowed. No
cracks. cracks allowed.
Fluorescent Penetrant Check in accordance No service incurred
with AMS 2645. cracks allowed. (See
NOTE, above.)
Page 503
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 502. General Checks (Continued)
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Threaded Self Locking Visual Check washer contact Blend sharp edges
Ring (160, IPL Figure surface to ensure that and remove burrs in
1, Sheet 1) and (20, surface is free of accordance with
IPL Figure 2) sharp edges and REPAIR-GENERAL.
burrs.
Check threads for Remove burrs in
burrs and for wear. accordance with
REPAIR-GENERAL.
Replace rings if
threads are worn.
Liquid Level Sight Visual Check for adequate Replace sight plug if
Plug (230A, IPL retention of lens. lens is loose or there
Figure 1, Sheet 2) is inadequate metal lip
retaining the lens to
the plug.
Sump Cover (245, IPL Visual and Check straightness Replace pin in
Figure 1, Sheet 2) Dimensional and projection of accordance with
headless straight pin REPAIR-GENERAL if
(250). Projection shall pin is bent or
be 0.26 inch projection exceeds
maximum. limit.
Retaining Plate (280, Visual Check for obvious No damage allowed.
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) deformation. Check Deburr if necessary.
wick contact areas for
minute burrs.
Nozzle Insulator (70 Visual Check for cracks, No damage allowed.
or 70A, IPL Figure 2) gouges or distortion.
Aluminum Sleeve Dimensional Check parallelism of Ends of bushing shall
Bushing (180, IPL ends of bushing. be parallel within
Figure 2) 0.0002 inch.
Page 504
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 502. General Checks (Continued)
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Containment Ring (20, Visual Check for cracked or No damage allowed.

IPL Figure 3) broken brazed joints.
Check for
deformation.
Check for rust. Remove rust and
cadmium replate in
accordance with
REPAIR 11-2.
Magnetic Particle Check in accordance No service incurred
with AMS2640. cracks allowed. (See
Remove cadmium NOTE, page 503.)
plating if thickness
exceeds 0.001 inch.
Current application:
bar type induced 300
amps, solenoid type
induced 3000 amp
turns.
Inlet Screen (45, IPL Visual Check inlet screen for No damage allowed.
Figure 3) damage. Replace screen in
accordance with
REPAIR 11-3.
Housing (55, IPL Visual Check housing for No damage allowed.
Figure 3) cracks, breaks or
distortion.
Check inserts (30, IPL Replace damaged
Figure 3) for damage. inserts in accordance
with REPAIR-
GENERAL.
NOTE, page 503.)
Page 505
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 503. Compressor Diffuser Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Compressor Diffuser Visual Check for No damage allowed.

(115, IPL Figure 1, deformation. Inspect
Sheet 1) vanes for feathering or
broken tips.
Check for scoring due No scoring or rub
to rub in throat area, marks allowed.
as shown in Figure Remove minor scoring
501. or rub marks up to
0.005 inch deep in
accordance with
REPAIR 2-1. Plasma
spray repair scoring
exceeding 0.005 inch
deep, but less than
0.032 inch deep, in
accordance with
REPAIR 2-2.
Dimensional Check per Figure 501. All dimensional
requirements shall be
met.
with AMS 2645. cracks allowed. (See
NOTE, page 503.)
Page 506
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 501. Compressor Diffuser Check
Page 507
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 504. Cooling Fan Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Cooling Fan (170, IPL Visual Check fan blades for No damage allowed.
Figure 1, Sheet 1) erosion, feathering, See REPAIR 3-1 for
and tip or edge repair limits.
damage.
met.
with AMS2645. cracks allowed (See
NOTE, page 503.).
Page 508
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 502. Cooling Fan Check
Page 509
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 505. Stepped Pin Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Stepped Pin (305 and Dimensional Check per Figure 503. All dimensional
305A, IPL Figure 1, requirements shall be
Sheet 2) met.
Current application: NOTE, page 503.)
500 ampere coil,
solenoid induced at
2500 amp turns.
* Acceptance or rejection of parts receiving nondestructive inspection shall be determined on
service incurred defects only, such as fatigue cracks and overstress cracks. Minor surface
irregularities or machine marks are not to be considered cause for rejection.
Figure 503. Stepped Pin Check
Page 510
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 506. Fan Spacer Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Fan Spacer (320, IPL Dimensional Check per Figure 504. All dimensional
Figure 1, Sheet 2) requirements shall be
met.
Figure 504. Fan Spacer Check
Page 511
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 507. Turbine Housing Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Turbine Housing (335, Visual Check all flanges and Repair small nicks and
335A, 335B, or 335E, duct ends for nicks burrs in accordance
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and burrs. with REPAIR-
GENERAL.
Check all sealing None permitted which
surfaces for damage could allow air or oil
or wear. leakage.
Check inserts (340, Replace damaged
345, or 346, 350 and inserts in accordance
354 or 355, IPL Figure with REPAIR-
1, Sheet 2) for GENERAL.
damage.
Check oil wick No burrs or sharp
passages for burrs or edges allowed. Repair
sharp edges, as in accordance with
shown in Figure 505, REPAIR-GENERAL.
Sheet 2.
Check oil return Remove obstructions
passages for using a fine wire.
obstructions, as
shown in Figure 505,
Sheet 1.
Check areas for worn No worn surface
surface coating coating allowed. Refer
(dichromate to REPAIR-
treatment) and check GENERAL. Surface
surface finish, as finish must be no
sown in Figure 505, rougher than
Sheets 1 thru 3. requirements shown.
Refer to REPAIR-
GENERAL.
Page 512
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 507. Turbine Housing Checks (Continued)
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Turbine Housing Visual Check shroud area for No scoring or rub

(Continued) scoring and rotor rub marks allowed.
marks, as shown in Remove minor scoring
Figure 505, Sheet 1. or rub marks up to
0.005 inch deep in
accordance with
REPAIR 4-1. Plasma
spray repair scoring
exceeding 0.005 inch
deep, but less than
0.032 inch deep, in
accordance with
REPAIR 4-2.
Check webs beyond None allowed.
throat area for cracks.
Dimensional Check per Figure 505, All dimensional
Sheets 1 and 2. requirements shall be
met. If ID of bushing
(356, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 2) exceeds
0.3702 inch, replace
bushing in accordance
with REPAIR 4-3.
NOTE, page 503.)
Page 513
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 505. Turbine Housing Check (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 514
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 505. Turbine Housing Check (Sheet 2)
Page 515
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 505. Turbine Housing Check (Sheet 3)
Page 516
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 508. Compressor Rotor Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Compressor Rotor (30 Visual Check for deformation No damage other than
or 30A, IPL Figure 2) and eroded, cracked, superficial erosion,
or broken blades. nicks, scoring, and
surface scratches
allowed. See REPAIR
5-1.
Check seal grooves No damage allowed.
for damage and Grooves must be
cleanliness clean and free of lead.
Visual and Check straightness Replace pins in
Dimensional and projection of accordance with
headless straight pins REPAIR-GENERAL if
(35, IPL Figure 2). pins are bent or
Projection shall be projection is not within
0.390 to 0.400 inch. limits.
met. Rotor profile shall
be within limits shown.
NOTE, page 503.)
Page 517
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 506. Compressor Rotor Check
Page 518
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 509. Seal Plate Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Seal Plate (60 or 60A, Visual Check for cracks or No cracks or distortion
IPL Figure 2) distortion. allowed.
Check for nicks or No damage other than
scratches on ID of minor nicks or
plate and in dovetail scratches allowed.
groove for lead seal
(62 or 62A, IPL Figure
2)
Check inserts (65, IPL Replace damaged
Figure 2) for damage. inserts in accordance
with REPAIR-
GENERAL.
met.
Fluorescent Penetrant If ACM experienced a No service incurred
bearing failure, check cracks allowed. (See
plate, with lead seal NOTE, page 503.)
(62 or 62A, IPL Figure
2) check in
accordance with
AMS2645.
Seal Plate (60B) Visual Check for cracks or No cracks or distortion
distortion. allowed.
plate and in area scratches allowed.
where Vespel seal is
located.
Page 519
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 509. Seal Plate Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Seal Plate (60B) Dimensional Check per Figure 508. All dimensional
(Continued) requirements shall be
met.
Fluorescent Penetrant If ACM experienced a No service incurred
bearing failure, check cracks allowed. (See
plate, with Vespel seal NOTE, page 503).
(62B, IPL Figure 2)
check in accordance
with AMS2645.
NOTE: Lead seal (62 or 62A, IPL Figure 2) in seal plate (60 or 60A) or Vespel seal (62B) in
seal plate(60B). See REPAIR 6-1 for 60 or 60A or REPAIR 6-2 for 60B.
Page 520
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 507. Lead Seal Plate Check
Page 521
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 508. Vespel Seal Plate Check
Page 522
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 510. Seal Disk Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Seal Disk (75, IPL Visual Check seal grooves No damage allowed.
Figure 2) for damage and Grooves must be
cleanliness. clean and free of lead.
Dimensional Check for distortion No distortion allowed
per Figure 509. beyond limits shown in
Figure 509.
NOTE, page 503.)
Figure 509. Seal Disk Check
Page 523
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 511. Nozzle Plate and Insulator Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Nozzle Plate and Visual Check nozzle vanes Erosion that does not
Insulator (85 or 85A, for erosion and extend to trailing
IPL Figure 2) damaged trailing edges of nozzle vanes
edges per Figure 510. is allowed. Erosion
that extends to trailing
edges of nozzle
vanes, or bent,
deformed or irregular
trailing edges, are not
allowed. The nozzle
plate and insulator
may be repaired per
REPAIR 7-2.
plate and in dovetail scratches allowed.
groove for lead seal
(95, IPL Figure 2).
Check for signs of Only minor damage is
turbine rotor contact in allowed and may be
area shown in Figure cleaned up within
510. dimensional limits
shown.
Check insulator (90, No damage allowed.
IPL Figure 2) for
cracks, gouges or
distortion.
met.
NOTE,page 503.)
NOTE: Lead seal (95, IPL Figure 2) in nozzle plate and insulator (85 or 85A) must be
replaced at each overhaul. See REPAIR 7-1.
Page 524
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 510. Nozzle Plate and Insulator Check
Page 525
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 512. Turbine Rotor Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Turbine Rotor (100 or Visual Check for deformation No damage other than
100A or 100E, IPL and eroded, cracked superficial erosion,
Figure 2) or broken blades. nicks, scoring, and
surface scratches
allowed. See REPAIR-
GENERAL.
met. Rotor profile shall
be within limits shown.
NOTE, page 503.)
Page 526
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 511. Turbine Rotor Check
Page 527
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 513. Seal Ring Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Seal Ring (150 and Visual Check large flat No flaws (scratches or
230, IPL Figure 2) surface for flaws using pits) permissible.
5X (5 times) Surface shall be
magnification. mirror like with
roughness 2
microinches or better.
Surface may be
polished in
accordance with
REPAIR 9-1.
Check ID for wear. ID shall be within
limits shown in Figure
512.
met.
Figure 512. Seal Ring Check
Page 528
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 514. Drive Shaft Checks
Drive Shaft (240, IPL Visual Check for deformation No damage allowed.
Figure 2) and extensive wear Threads must be
including scratches, completely free of
grooves, and nicks. sharp edges or burrs.
Check threads for Remove minor
sharp edges and damage to lead-in
burrs. threads only and
remove minor surface
scratches in
accordance with
REPAIR 10-1 and
REPAIR 10-2.
met.
Current application: NOTE, page 503.)
500 amp coil, 3500
amp turns.
Page 529
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 513. Drive Shaft Check
Page 530
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 515. Spring Seat Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Spring Seat (250, IPL Dimensional Check per Figure 514. All dimensional
Figure 2) requirements shall be
met.
NOTE, page 503.)
Figure 514. Spring Seat Check
Page 531
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 516. Helical Compression Spring Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Helical Compression Dimensional Examine the outer Replace the spring

Spring (270 or 270A, diameter of the coils when the dimensions
IPL Figure 2) for areas that are of the coils are not in
polished (show signs the limit specified in
of wear). If you see Figure 515.
polished areas,
measure the diameter
of the wire in these
areas as shown in
Figure 515.
If the magnetic particle The load must be
inspection is 23.75 to 26.25 pounds
satisfactory, measure (10.773 to 11.907
the load that is kilograms) for spring
necessary to (270), or 28.5 to 31.4
compress the spring pounds (12.9276 to
to 1.05 inch (26.67 14.2884 kilograms) for
mm). spring (270A).
NOTE: The diameter of the spring wire is 0.0895 to 0.0935 inch
(2.2733 to 2.379 mm).
Magnetic Particle If the dimensional No cracks are
check above is permitted. (See
satisfactory, do a NOTE,page 503.)
magnetic particle
inspection. Refer to
AMS2460. Use a
central conductor to
supply 500 amps.
NOTE:If the ball bearings (155, 235) seized during operation, replace the spring.
Page 532
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 515. Helical Compression Spring
Page 533
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 517. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Bearing Cartridge Visual Check for cracks or No cracks or

Sleeve (275, 275A, deformation. deformation allowed.
275B, or 275C, IPL
Figure 2) Check sleeve spacer Sleeve spacer and
and pins for firm pins must be firmly
retention. retained.
Dimensional Check per Figure 516, All dimensional
Figure 517, and requirement shall be
Figure 518. met.
Deleted
(Magnetic Particle)
Liner (15, IPL Figure Visual Check for distortion No distortion or cracks
3) and cracks. allowed.
Check ID for rub. Rub permitted within
dimensional limits of
Figure 516. If rub
exceeds limits,
replace liner (15) in
accordance with
REPAIR 11-1.
NOTE, page 503.)
CAUTION: LINER (15, IPL FIGURE 3), CONTAINMENT RING (20) AND HOUSING (55)
ARE MATCHED PARTS OF CONTAINMENT HOUSING (1). DO NOT MIX
MATCHED PARTS.
Page 534
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 516. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Check (PN 753387-1 and -2)
Page 535
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 517. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Check (PN 753387-3)
Page 536
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 518. Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Check (PN 753387-5)
Page 537
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 518. Containment Housing Checks
Nomenclature (Item
Number)
Containment Housing Dimensional Check dimensions per All dimensional

(1, IPL Figure 3) Figure 519. requirements shall be
met.
NOTE: Containment housing (1, IPL Figure 3) must be disassembled to check liner (15),
containment ring (20), and housing (55).
Figure 519. Containment Housing Check
Page 538
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
3. Checking Balance of Cooling Fan, Compressor Rotor, and Turbine Rotor

NOTE: It is not necessary to individually check that balance of cooling fan (170, IPL Figure
1, Sheet 1), compressor rotor (30,IPL Figure 2), or turbine rotor (100) at each
overhaul or whenever they are removed from the rotative group. However, balance
should be checked, in accordance with the procedure which follows, whenever the
initial unbalance requirements for dynamic balance in ASSEMBLY cannot be met
and all of the specified corrective measures in that section have been attempted.
A. Install balance fixture, GS14773-1, on balance machine, Schenck Model CAB 570 or
CAB 690-R.
B. Install cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2), or
turbine rotor (100) in balance fixture, GS14773-1, using arbor set, GS15611-1.
C. Using balancing accessories kit, GS15800-1, to drive the cooling fan or rotor, and
balance machine nozzle assembly, GS15801-1, to direct air flow to the fan or rotor, apply
air pressure and obtain speed of 4400 to 4600 rpm.
D. Check biplanar balance and reduce speed to zero. Balance of compressor rotor (30) and
turbine rotor (100) must be within 180 micro ounce-inches. Balance of cooling fan (170,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) must be within 120 micro ounce-inches.
E. If balance is not within specified limit, rebalance rotor or cooling fan in accordance with
specific repair procedure in REPAIR-GENERAL.
F. Remove cooling fan or rotor from balance fixture.
G. Remove balance fixture from balance machine.
Page 539
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 540
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
REPAIR-GENERAL
1. General
A. Special tools, fixtures, and equipment required for repairs are listed in Table 601.
Web.
CAB 570 or CAB 690-R Balance Machine Biplanar balance the cooling
Schenck Trebel Corp. fan, compressor rotor or
535 Acron St. turbine rotor.
Deer Park, NY 11729
CAGE Code: 30218

rotor or turbine rotor during
balancing on balance
690-R.
fixture, GS14773-1.
cooling fan, compressor rotor
or turbine rotor during
balancing.
Assembly compressor rotor or turbine
rotor during balancing.
GS20649-1 Holding Fixture Hold seal plate or nozzle plate
and insulator in a lathe during
replacement of load seal.
GS22826-1 Holding Fixture Hold compressor diffuser in a
lathe during machining to
remove damage prior to
plasma spray repair.
Use or disclosure of this data is subject to restrictions on the Title Page of this document. Repair-General
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
GS22827-1 Holding Fixture Hold turbine housing in a lathe

during machining to remove
damage prior to plasma spray
repair.
GS22828-1 Lead Seal Rolling Tool Roll new lead seal into seal
plate or nozzle plate and
insulator.
B. Consumable materials required for repairs are listed in Table 602.

Web.
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Abrasive Cloth P-C-451 Minor surface repair.

Alodine MIL-C-5155 Touch up machine surfaces.
Aluminum Alloy Bar AMS4117 Prepare test specimens (for
bond strength test) during
plasma spray repair of
compressor diffuser.
Aluminum Alloy Sheet AMS4026 Prepare test specimens (for
cup test and
microexamination) during
plasma spray repair of
Anti-seize Thread Compound MIL-T05544 Thread lubricant for
containment housing screws.
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 602. Consumable Materials (Continued)
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
AP Armaflex Rubber Insulation MIL-P-1528 FORM S Repair damaged insulation on

Sheet [0.25 inch (6.35 mm) turbine outlet duct.
thick] Armstrong World Industries,
Inc., Armstrong Insulation
Products, North America
P.O. Box 3001, Lancaster, PA
17604
Tel (800)-866-5638 or
(717)-376-4127
Website: www.armaflex.com
or
Armstrong World Industries

Canada, LTD.
6911 Decarie Blvd
Montreal, Quebec, H3W 3E5
Tel (514) 733-9981
Bushing S788107-1 Hamilton Sundstrand Replace bushing in turbine
Corporation housing.
CAGE Code: 73030

Chemical Film AMS 2473 Touch up surface coating on
aluminum alloys.
Clear Epoxy Polyamide MIL-C-22750 Seal the ink that identifies that
the compressor rotor has
oversized pins.
Dry Ice BB-C-104 Used to cool bushing for
installation in turbine housing.
EC 1300 Adhesive 3M Co. Bond insulation to turbine on
left duct.
CAGE Code: 04963
EC2186 Epoxy Cement 3M Co. Bond aluminum test
specimens for bond strength
CAGE Code: 04963 test during plasma spray repair
of compressor diffuser.
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Epoxy Polyamide (Galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Galvanic insulation film for
Primer Class C1 or C2, formulated dissimilar metals.
without water.
OR
MIL-PRF-85582, Type I or II,
Strontium Chromate Class C1 (Barium Chromate or
Primer C2 (Strontium Chromate)
primer coatings formulated
without water.
NOTE: When using either of

the above, the admixture of the
epoxy resin solution and
curing agent shall not be
reduced with any thinner.
Glycerin Commercially available. Lubricant for containment
housing preformed packing.
Isopropyl Alcohol ASTM D770 General cleaning solvent.
Lead Seal S750493-4 Hamilton Sundstrand Replace seal in seal plate.
Corporation
CAGE Code: 73030

Lead Seal S750493-14 Hamilton Sundstrand Replace seal in nozzle plate
Corporation and insulator.
CAGE Code: 73030

Vespel Seal PN 821246-21 Hamilton Sundstrand Replace seal in seal plate.
Corporation
CAGE Code: 73030

Liner S753453-30 Hamilton Sundstrand Replace liner in containment
Corporation housing.
CAGE Code: 73030

Loctite 290 Loctite Corp. Sealer for plasma spray
coating on compressor
CAGE Code: 05972 diffuser.
Metco 52C Sulzer Metco US Inc. For repair of turbine housing.
Plasma Coating
CAGE Code: 01FK3
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Metco 404 Plasma Coating (80 Sulzer Metco US Inc. For repair of compressor
Ni-20 Al) diffuser.
CAGE Code: 01FK3
Metco 450 Plasma Coating Sulzer Metco US Inc. For repair of turbine housing.
CAGE Code: 01FK3

Methyl Alcohol O-M-232 General cleaning solvent.
Perchloroethylene O-T-236 Used to vapor degrease parts.
Petroleum Solvent AMS3160 Cleaning solvent.
Plasma Coating (Al-Si 12) Valley Metallurgical For repair of compressor
Processing Co., Inc. diffuser.
280 Park Ave.
New York, NY 10017
Sealant Compound, 19-V-5 American Metaseal Co. Vacuum impregnation sealant
Div. of Wallace after plasma spray repair of
Clark and Co. Inc. turbine housing.
509 Washington Ave.
Carlstadt, NJ 07072-2802
Sealant Compound, 237 Inmont Corp. Vacuum impregnation sealant
after plasma spray repair of
CAGE Code: 30831 turbine housing.
C. Carefully remove evidence of galling, corrosion, rust, nicks, burrs, sharp or rough edges
from parts using fine abrasive cloth, P-C-451. Remove as little material as possible. In
general, this type of repair can be performed if there is no alteration of dimensions,
deterioration of surface finish, and parts are cleaned and visually inspected after repair.
Significant deformation or faults on sealing surfaces are not repairable and require
replacement of the affected part.
Page 605
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
WARNING: USE THE CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (ALSO KNOWN AS MIL-C-

5541, MIL-C-81706, AMS2473, ALODINE OR CHEMICAL-FILM COATING)
LIQUID OR POWDER FORM CORRECTLY. COATING IS FLAMMABLE,
POISONOUS, CORROSIVE, AND REACTIVE. IT CAN HAVE A BAD EFFECT
ON YOUR HEALTH OR SAFETY. BEFORE YOU USE THE COATING, GET
THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR
SUPPLIER OF THE MATERIAL AND READ IT CAREFULLY. READ THE
DETAILED WARNING, W0059SE, IN THE WARNING REGISTRY 341-006.
BEFORE YOU USE THE COATING, PUT ON A CHEMICAL FACE SHIELD,
SOLVENT-RESISTANT GLOVES (BUTYL, NEOPRENE, NITRILE, OR PVC),
APRON, AND SHOES. MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE SUFFICIENT
AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE COATING POWDER OR FUMES BELOW THE
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET LIMIT.
D. Repair damaged aluminum alloy surface coating with chemical film, in accordance with
AMS2473.
E. Repair damaged dichromate treatment on magnesium alloy turbine housing (335, 335A
or 335B, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in accordance with AMS2475.
F. Refer to paragraph 3 for specific repairs.
G. Replace all parts that cannot be repaired to meet requirements of CHECK.
2. Replacement
A. Replace damaged inserts (95, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), (255, 340, 345 or 346, 350, and
354 or 355, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), (65, IPL Figure 2), and (30, IPL Figure 3) in
accordance with MS33537 and the following:
(1) Remove damaged inserts.
Page 606
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
WARNING: USE HIGH-SOLIDS EPOXY PRIMER COATING, MIL-PRF-23377

(STRONTIUM CHROMATE) CORRECTLY. IT IS FLAMMABLE AND
EXPLOSIVE. IT CAN HAVE A BAD EFFECT ON YOUR HEALTH OR
SAFETY. BEFORE YOU USE THE COATING, GET THE MATERIAL
SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF
THE MATERIAL AND READ IT CAREFULLY. READ THE DETAILED
WARNING, W0134SE, IN THE WARNING REGISTRY 341-006. BEFORE
YOU USE THE COATING, PUT ON CHEMICAL-SPLASH GOGGLES,
SOLVENT-RESISTANT GLOVES (BUTYL RUBBER), RUBBER APRON,
AND CHEMICAL-SAFETY SHOES. MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE COATING FUMES BELOW THE
WARNING: USE EPOXY COATING, MIL-PRF-85582, TYPE I, CLASS 2, (ALSO
KNOWN AS STRONTIUM CHROMATE PRIMER) CORRECTLY. THE
COATING AND ITS FUMES ARE FLAMMABLE, EXPLOSIVE, AND
POISONOUS. IT CAN HAVE A BAD EFFECT ON YOUR HEALTH OR
SAFETY. BEFORE YOU USE THE EPOXY COATING, GET THE
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR
DETAILED WARNING, W0205SE, IN THE WARNING REGISTRY 341-
006. BEFORE YOU USE THE EPOXY COATING, PUT ON THE
RESPIRATOR, CHEMICAL-SPLASH GOGGLES, SOLVENT-RESISTANT
GLOVES, AND LONG SLEEVE AND LONG LEG CLOTHING. MAKE
SURE THAT YOU HAVE SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE EPOXY
COATING FUMES BELOW THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET LIMIT.
(2) Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
primer, barium chromate MIL-PRF-85582, Type I or II, Class C1 primer or strontium
chromate, Class C2 primer, which are formulated without water. Do not add thinner
to the mixture. Do not use the mixture for 1 hour after you mix it.
(3) Apply epoxy polyamide primer to new inserts or tapped holes prior to installation of
inserts.
(4) Install inserts while primer is wet. For inserts (345 or 346, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2),
(65, IPL Figure 2), and (30, IPL Figure 3), remove tangs.
(5) Remove excess primer from inserts, including internal surfaces of inserts and
tapped holes.
B. Replace damaged headless straight pin (250, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in sump cover
(245) as follows:
(1) Carefully remove headless straight pin (250) from cover (260). Discard pin.
(2) Dimensionally inspect diameter of pinhole in cover (260). Diameter must be 0.1241
to 0.1247 inch (3.1522 to 3.1673 mm).
NOTE: If pinhole in cover (260) is out of round or diameter is not within specified
limits, sump cover (245) must be replaced.
Page 607
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

(4) Apply epoxy polyamide primer to new headless straight pin (250).
(5) Install headless straight pin (250) in cover (260), while primer is wet. Projection shall
be 0.26 inch (6.6040 mm) maximum.
C. Replace damaged headless straight pins (35, IPL Figure 2) in compressor rotor (30 or
30A) as follows:
(1) Carefully remove headless straight pins (35) from compressor rotor (30 or 30A).
(2) Dimensionally inspect diameter of pinholes in rotor. Diameter must be 0.0773 to
0.0778 inch (1.9635 to 1.9761 mm).
NOTE: If pinholes in compressor rotor (30 or 30A) are out of round or diameters are
not within specified limits, compressor rotor must be replaced.
to the mixture. Do not use the mixture for 1 hour after you mix it
(4) Apply epoxy polyamide primer to new headless straight pins (35).
Page 608
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(5) Install headless straight pins (35) in rotor, while primer is wet. Projection shall be
0.390 to 0.400 inch (9.91 to 10.15 mm).
3. Specific Repairs
A. Specific repairs are included in separate sections as follows:
(1) Repair 1-1: Turbine Outlet Duct - Repair of Insulation
(2) Repair 2-1: Compressor Diffuser - Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks
Up to 0.005 Inch Deep
(3) Repair 2-2: Compressor Diffuser - Plasma Spray Repair for Scoring Up to 0.032
Inch Deep
(4) Repair 3-1: Cooling Fan - Repair of Tip or Edge Damage
(5) Repair 3-2: Cooling Fan - Rebalancing
(6) Repair 4-1: Turbine Housing - Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks Up
to 0.005 Inch Deep
(7) Repair 4-2: Turbine Housing - Plasma Spray Repair for Scoring Up to 0.032 Inch
Deep
(8) Repair 4-3: Turbine Housing - Replacement of Bushing
(9) Repair 5-1: Compressor Rotor - Removal of Minor Nicks, Burrs, and Scoring
(10) Repair 5-2: Compressor Rotor - Rebalancing
(11) Repair 5-3: Compressor Rotor - Replace the Headless Straight Pins
(12) Repair 6-1: Seal Plate - Replacement of Lead Seal
(13) Repair 6-2: Seal Plate - Replacement of Vespel Seal
(14) Repair 7-1: Nozzle Plate and Insulator - Replacement of Lead Seal
(15) Repair 7-2: Nozzle Plate and Insulator
(16) Repair 8-1: Turbine Rotor - Removal of Minor Nicks, Burrs, and Scoring
(17) Repair 8-2: Turbine Rotor - Rebalancing
(18) Repair 9-1: Seal Ring - Repair of Sealing Surface
(19) Repair 10-1: Drive Shaft - Removal of Minor Damage from Lead-in Threads
(20) Repair 10-2: Drive Shaft - Removal of Minor Scratches
(21) Repair 11-1: Containment Housing - Replacement of Liner
(22) Repair 11-2: Containment Housing - Removal of Rust and Replating of
Containment Ring
(23) Repair 11-3: Containment Housing - Replacement of Inlet Screen
Page 609
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 610
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
DUCT, TURBINE OUTLET - REPAIR 1-1

1. Repair of Insulation
A. Place a piece of AP Armaflex rubber insulation sheet, 0.25 inch thick, over the damaged
insulation area on turbine outlet duct (50, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
B. Cut through both the new sheet and underlying material to make a patch to fit the
damaged area. Refer to Figure 601 for finished dimensional requirements for insulation.
Insulation may consist of more than one piece, as shown.
C. Remove damaged insulation and adhesive from outlet duct with a plastic scraper.
WARNING: USE ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL, ASTM D770, CORRECTLY. ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE, EXPLOSIVE, AND A MILD POISON. IT CAN
HAVE A BAD EFFECT ON YOUR HEALTH OR SAFETY. BEFORE YOU USE
THE ALCOHOL, GET THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM THE
MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF THE MATERIAL AND READ IT
CAREFULLY. READ THE DETAILED WARNING, W0046SE, IN THE
WARNING REGISTRY 341-006. BEFORE YOU USE THE ALCOHOL, PUT
ON CHEMICAL-SPLASH GOGGLES. MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE ALCOHOL FUMES BELOW THE
D. Clean with isopropyl alcohol, ASTM D770.
E. Touch up any damaged surface coating on outlet duct with chemical film, AMS2473.
Use or disclosure of this data is subject to restrictions on the Title Page of this document. Repair 1-1
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
WARNING: ADHESIVE, EC1300, IS EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE AND MAY CAUSE EYE,

SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY IRRITATION. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT,
SPARKS, AND FLAME. EYE AND SKIN PROTECTION REQUIRED. USE
ONLY IN AREAS WITH SUFFICIENT VENTILATION. AVOID BREATHING OF
VAPORS.
F. Apply a uniform coat of adhesive EC1300 on bonding surfaces of outlet duct and
insulation, including butt seam surfaces on insulation. Allow to air dry for 8 to 12 minutes
at room temperature.
G. Activate adhesive by lightly wiping with a clean solvent dampened lint-free cloth.
H. Install insulation patch while adhesive is tacky.
I. Apply sufficient pressure to ensure a tight bond.
NOTE: Adhesive bonds on contact. Position patch carefully.
J. Allow bond to cure for 72 hours minimum at room temperature. Maintain contact
pressure on patch during cure.
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Turbine Outlet Duct Insulation Repair
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
DIFFUSER, COMPRESSOR - REPAIR 2-1

1. Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks Up to 0.005 Inch Deep
A. Remove minor scoring or rotor rub marks from compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 1) using abrasive cloth, P-C-451. Blend to original contour within limits of Figure
601. If scoring cannot be removed within specified limits, repair by plasma spraying in
accordance with REPAIR 2-2.
B. Coat repaired areas with chemical film, AMS2473.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Compressor Diffuser Repair - Limits for Removal of Minor Scoring or
Rotor Rub Marks
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
DIFFUSER, COMPRESSOR - REPAIR 2-2

1. Plasma Spray Repair for Scoring Up to 0.032 Inch Deep
WARNING: PERCHLOROETHYLENE, O-T-236, IS TOXIC TO EYES, SKIN, AND
RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION REQUIRED. AVOID
REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT. GOOD GENERAL VENTILATION
IS NORMALLY ADEQUATE.
NOTE: A compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) with scoring deeper than 0.032
inch is not repairable. If scoring is 0.005 inch deep or less, repair diffuser in
accordance with REPAIR 2-1.
A. Thoroughly clean compressor diffuser (115) by vapor degreasing in perchloroethylene.
B. Fluorescent penetrant inspect compressor diffuser (115) in accordance with Table 502.
No cracks allowed.
C. Mount and true up holding fixture, GS22826-1, in a lathe.
D. Install compressor diffuser (115) in holding fixture, GS22826-1. Check that runout of
diameter A and perpendicularity of surface K are within limits of Figure 601.
E. Remove 0.012 inch of stock from damaged areas of shroud of compressor diffuser (115,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) by machining to dimensions in tabulation on Figure 601. If
damaged areas do not clean up, it is permissible to machine up to an additional 0.020
inch of stock (0.032 inch total) to remove damage.
CAUTION: AFTER CLEANING AND CONDITIONING SURFACE TO BE COATED,
TOUCH SURFACE ONLY WITH CLEAN GLOVES TO AVOID
CONTAMINATION THAT WOULD AFFECT INTEGRITY OF PLASMA SPRAY
COATING.
F. Clean compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) per step A.
G. Condition the surface to be coated by blasting with the most practicable nonmetallic grit.
H. Mask off areas that are not to be plasma sprayed as shown in Figure 602.
I. Prepare representative test specimens as follows:
(1) Prepare pieces for cup test and micro-examination by cutting aluminum alloy sheet,
per AMS4026, into pieces approximately 3.0 x 1.75 x 0.050 inch.
(2) Prepare four pieces of aluminum alloy bar, per AMS4117, for bond strength test per
Figure 603. Mark two of the pieces for identification. These pieces will not be coated.
(3) Clean specimens in same manner as compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet
1) and blast with No. 24 nonmetallic grit.
NOTE: Specimen pieces shall be coated at the same time and in the same manner
as the diffuser area being repaired. They must then withstand the specified
tests.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
MACHINING FOR REMOVAL OF 0.012 (0.3048)

OF STOCK FROM DIFFUSER SHROUD
INCHES MILLIMETERS
X BSC Y RAD BSC X BSC Y RAD BSC
1.1279 0.9346 28.6487 23.7388
1.0955 0.9454 27.8257 24.0132
0.9954 0.9501 25.2832 24.1325
0.9409 0.9527 23.8989 24.1986
0.006 (0.153) 0.8853 0.9562 22.4866 24.2875
0.010 (0.254) RAD 0.8287 0.9615 21.0490 24.4221
(2 PLACES) 0.7709 0.9695 19.5809 24.6253
0.7122 0.9812 18.0899 24.9225
0.6525 0.9973 16.5735 25.3314
0.5920 1.0188 15.0368 25.8775
0.032 (0.812) MAX ALLOWABLE
0.5311 1.0459 13.4899 26.5659
STOCK REMOVAL TO
0.4705 1.0790 11.9507 27.4066
VIEW A CLEAN UP DAMAGE
0.4117 1.1193 10.4572 28.4302
ENLARGED 0.3563 1.1671 9.0500 29.6443
0.3057 1.2225 7.7648 31.0515
0.2607 1.2846 6.6218 32.6288
0.2224 1.3525 5.6490 34.3535
0.1909 1.4254 4.8489 36.2052
0.1669 1.5012 4.2393 38.1305
0.1544 1.5647 3.9218 39.7434
0.1491 1.6037 3.7871 40.7340
0.1449 1.6428 3.6805 41.7271
0.1421 1.6818 3.6093 42.7177
2.356 (59.843) 0.1402 1.7213 3.5611 43.7210
2.358 (59.893) DIA 0.1385 1.7611 3.5179 44.7319
0.1371 1.8195 3.4823 46.2153
DIA -A- -L- 0.1317 1.8895 3.3452 47.9933
0.1260* 1.9240* 3.2004* 48.8696*
(REF)
* REFERENCE POINT FOR BLEND.
X -K-
1.1279 A 0.002 (0.0508)
(28.6486)
MAX
Y RAD
1.9880 (50.4952) MAX
DIA
-A-
L 0.002 (0.0508) TIR
NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS).
FINISHES IN MICROINCHES (MICROMETERS).
2. SYMBOLS PER ANSI Y14.5.
3. MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY.
HARDNESS: 110 BRINELL MIN USING 500 KG LOAD
AND 10 MM BALL.
HA-215153-15-25698-A
Figure 601. Compressor Diffuser Damage Removal
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 602. Compressor Diffuser - Masking for Plasma Spraying
Figure 603. Compressor Diffuser-Masking for Plasma Spraying
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
J. As soon as practicable after surface preparation (preferably within 2 hours), the spraying
procedure should be accomplished, making sure the coating material being deposited is
dry, free-flowing, and thoroughly blended.
NOTE: Gas used in the spraying torch shall consist of argon or helium or mixtures of
both. Up to 25% by volume of hydrogen may be added.
K. Preheat the repair area in the diffuser and the test specimens prior to coating. This will
remove moisture and control thermal expansion created by the spraying procedure.
Preheating may be accomplished by controlling the torch dwell time immediately prior to
spraying or by other suitable means. Maintain an average temperature below 300°F to
prevent discoloration, oxidation, and distortion. Routine monitoring of this condition is
not essential.
L. Apply an even coat of Metco 404 nickel aluminum (80 Ni-20 Al) plasma coating 0.002 to
0.004 inch thick over the entire diffuser repair area surface and one side of half of the
cup test and micro-examination specimens. Spray a similar coating 0.008 to 0.010 inch
thick on surface A (see Figure 603) of one of the two unmarked bond test specimen. Do
not coat the two marked specimens or the second unmarked specimen.
M. Following completion of the first coat, spray a second coat of aluminum silicon (Al-Si 12)
plasma coating sufficient to ensure that the finish dimensions of Figure 604 can be met
after machining. The coating material shall be of the following composition (given in
percentages by weight):
Silicon 11.0 to 13.0

Iron 0.8
Copper 0.30
Zinc 0.20
Manganese* 0.15
Magnesium 0.10
Other impurities (each)* 0.05
Other impurities (total)* 0.15
Aluminum (the remainder)
* If determined.
N. Coat the remainder of the cup test and micro-examination specimens with the same
coating as in step M. to a thickness of 0.004 to 0.006 inch. Coat surface A of the
remaining unmarked bond test specimen to a thickness of 0.008 to 0.010 inch. Mark the
specimen for identification.
NOTE: Coating on bond test specimens may be ground, if necessary, to meet the
thickness requirements.
O. Cup test specimens shall be tested on a Detroit or equivalent testing machine using a
ball 0.875 inch in diameter and a die with a 1.375 inch diameter opening to form a 0.300
inch depression in the test specimen. Cup shall be drawn so that the coated side of the
test piece is on the outside of the cup.
NOTE: Chipping or flaking of coating will not be cause for rejection when caused by
cracking of the base metal during cup test.
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
SHROUD CONTOUR
INCHES MILLIMETERS
X Y X Y
1.4570 0.9287 37.0078 23.5890
1.3500 0.9287 34.2900 23.5890
1.2720 0.9287 32.3088 23.5890
1.1946 0.9287 30.3428 23.5890
1.0948 0.9334 27.8079 23.7084
0.9949 0.9381 25.2705 23.8277
0.9403 0.9407 23.8836 23.8938
0.8844 0.9442 22.4638 23.9827
0.8273 0.9496 21.0134 24.1198
0.7689 0.9577 19.5301 24.3256
0.7095 0.9695 18.0213 24.6253
0.6489 0.9859 16.4821 25.0419
0.5876 1.0077 14.9250 25.5956
0.5258 1.0351 13.3553 26.2915
0.4642 1.0688 11.7907 27.1475
0.4044 1.1098 10.2718 28.1889
0.3479 1.1585 8.8367 29.4259
0.2964 1.2149 7.5286 30.8585
0.2506 1.2781 6.3652 32.4637
0.2116 1.3472 5.3746 34.2189
0.1797 1.4212 4.5644 36.0985
0.1553 1.4983 3.9446 38.0568
0.1425 1.5629 3.6195 39.6977
0.1372 1.6023 3.4849 40.6984
0.1329 1.6417 3.3757 41.6992
2.356 (59.843) 0.1301 1.6811 3.3045 42.6999
2.358 (59.893) DIA 0.1282 1.7208 3.2563 43.7083
0.1265 1.7607 3.2131 44.7218
DIA -A- -L- 0.1251 1.8191 3.1775 46.2051
(REF) 0.1198 1.8877 3.0429 47.9476
0.1050* 1.9518* 2.6670 * 49.5757 *
* REFERENCE POINT FOR BLEND.
0.002 (0.0508) BLEND AS REQUIRED. NO STEP

SEE NOTE 3 ALLOWED BETWEEN SPRAYED
AND NON SPRAYED AREAS.
-K-
X
BSC A 0.002 (0.0508)
X RAD
BSC
DIA
-A-
L 0.002 (0.0508) TIR
NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS).
FINISHES IN MICROINCHES (MICROMETERS).
2. SYMBOLS PER ANSI Y14.5.
3. PROFILE DESCRIBED BY BSC DIM MAY VARY WITHIN THE
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE BAND. PROFILE MUST BE A SMOOTH
BLEND. PROFILE AS A WHOLE MAY VARY AN ADDITIONAL
± 0.002 (±0.0508) FROM K.
HA-215153-11-25700-A
Figure 604. Compressor Diffuser Finish Dimensions
Page 605
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
P. Micro-examination of test specimens shall show constituents to be evenly distributed.

Coating shall be free of cracks, massive porosity, and excess oxides, and essentially
free from inclusion and contaminants at the coating/base metal interface.
Q. Thoroughly clean the coated surfaces of the bond test specimens by vapor degreasing
in perchloroethylene. Allow to air dry thoroughly.
WARNING: EC2186 EPOXY CEMENT CAN CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION. AVOID SKIN
CONTACT AND WASH EXPOSED AREAS IMMEDIATELY.
R. Apply EC2186 epoxy cement to surface A (see Figure 603) of the two uncoated, marked
specimens. Align and join the two uncoated specimens to the two coated specimens at
surface A, taking care to avoid entrapment of air bubbles.
S. Cure bonded specimens in a circulating air oven at 325 to 375°F for 1 to 2 hours.
Remove specimens from oven and allow to return to room temperature.
T. Trim excess cement from periphery of specimens by hand or belt grinding, taking care to
minimize grinding marks.
U. Pull specimens apart using a tensile tester with a cross-head speed of approximately
0.050 inch per minute. Bond strength shall be as follows:
Nickel aluminum alloy - 5000 psi

Aluminum silicon alloy - 300 psi
NOTE: If the bond of the test specimens fails to meet requirements because of fracture
at the coating/epoxy line, the bond strength test must be repeated using new
specimens.
V. Immediately following the application of the final aluminum silicon plasma coating on the
diffuser, clean and seal the coated surface as follows:
(1) Remove masking tape from diffuser.
WARNING: KEEP ISOPRPOPYL ALCOHOL, TT-I-735, AWAY FROM SPARKS OR
ALCOHOL IN AN AREA WITH GOOD FLOW OF AIR. ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN IRRITATE THE EYES, SKIN, AND
RESPIRATORY TRACT.
NOTE: Coated surface on diffuser must be sealed again immediately following final
machining.
Page 606
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(2) Clean coated surface with isopropyl alcohol with a clean, lint-free cloth.
WARNING: LOCTITE 290 CAN CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION. AVOID SKIN CONTACT
AND WASH EXPOSED AREAS IMMEDIATELY.
(3) Seal coated surface using Loctite 290 (an anaerobic liquid) as follows:
(a) Apply Loctite 290 to coated surface. Do not wipe off excess.
PROTECTION TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN LOADING PARTS INTO
A PREHEATED OVEN OR HANDLING HEATED OR CHILLED PARTS.
(b) Cure either for 24 hours at room temperature or for 90 minutes at 202 to 222°F
(94 to 106°C).
(c) Wipe off excess sealant.
W. Finish machine the diffuser to the dimensions in tabulation on Figure 604 using the
following speed conditions:
Roughing Finishing
Surface speed (rpm) 250 to 300 300 to 350

Feed (per revolution) 0.004 inch (0.1016 mm) 0.002 inch (0.0508 mm)
NOTE: Maintain a flow of coolant during entire machining operation.

X. Blend as required to remove step between sprayed and non-sprayed areas.
Y. Flush the diffuser to remove chips.
Z. Clean and reseal coated surface per step V.
AA. Coat any exposed parent material with chemical film, AMS2473.
Page 607
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 608
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
FAN, COOLING - REPAIR 3-1

1. Repair of Tip or Edge Damage
NOTE: A cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) that is deformed or cracked is not
repairable.
A. Smooth out tip or edge damage, within limits of Figure 601, using either abrasive cloth,
P-C-451, or a very fine stone.
B. Coat exposed base metal with chemical film, AMS2473.
Figure 601. Cooling Fan Repair Limits
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
FAN, COOLING - REPAIR 3-2

1. Rebalancing
CAB 690-R.
B. Install cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) in balance fixture, GS14773-1, using
arbor set, GS15611-1.
C. Using balancing accessories kit, GS15800-1, to drive the cooling fan, and balance
machine nozzle assembly, GS15801-1, to direct air flow to the fan, apply air pressure
and obtain balancing speed of 4400 to 4600 rpm.
D. Biplanar balance cooling fan to within 120 micro ounce-inches by removing stock, as
necessary, from indicated areas of cooling fan, as shown in Figure 601. Use wheel
grinder, part of balancing accessories kit, GS15801-1, to remove stock. Use blow gun,
also part of kit, to remove metallic dust.
NOTE: To avoid unnecessary stock removal, which will decrease the service life of the
cooling fan, do not attempt to improve balance once it is within the specified
limit.
E. Blend areas, where stock is removed, smoothly in all directions into nominal contour with
a minimum radius of 0.062 inch and a maximum surface roughness of 125 microinches.
F. Reduce speed to zero.
G. Remove cooling fan from balance fixture.
H. Remove balance fixture from balance machine.
I. Fluorescent penetrant inspect cooling fan in accordance with Table 502.
J. Coat areas of cooling fan, where stock has been removed, with chemical film, AMS2473.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Cooling Fan - Rebalancing
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
HOUSING, TURBINE - REPAIR 4-1

1. Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub Marks Up to 0.005 Inch Deep
A. Remove minor scoring or rotor rub marks from turbine housing (335, 335A or 335B, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2) using abrasive cloth, P-C-451. Blend to original contour within limits of
Figure 601. If scoring cannot be removed within specified limits, repair by plasma
spraying in accordance with REPAIR 4-2.
B. Coat repaired areas with dichromate treatment in accordance with AMS2475.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Turbine Housing - Limits for Removal of Minor Scoring or Rotor Rub
Marks
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

1. Plasma Spray Repair for Scoring Up to 0.032 Inch Deep
NOTE: A turbine housing (335, 335A or 335B, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with scoring deeper
than 0.032 inch is not repairable. If scoring is 0.005 inch deep or less, repair turbine
housing in accordance with REPAIR 4-1.
A. Thoroughly clean turbine housing (335, 335A or 335B) by vapor degreasing in
perchloroethylene.
B. Fluorescent penetrant inspect turbine housing in accordance with Table 502. No cracks
allowed.
C. Mount and true up holding fixture, GS22827-1, in a lathe.
D. Install turbine housing in holding fixture, GS22827-1. Indicate in diameter A to obtain
runout of 0.002 inch TIR maximum, and check that perpendicularity of surface Y is within
limit of Figure 601.
E. Remove 0.032 inch of stock from the damaged area of throat by machining to the
dimensions in tabulation on Figure 601.
CAUTION: AFTER CLEANING AND CONDITIONING SURFACE TO BE COATED,
TOUCH SURFACE ONLY WITH CLEAN GLOVES TO AVOID
CONTAMINATION THAT WOULD AFFECT INTEGRITY OF PLASMA SPRAY
COATING.
F. Reclean turbine housing per step A.
G. Mask off areas that are not to be plasma sprayed as shown in Figure 602.
H. Apply an even coat of Metco 450 plasma coating, or other plasma spray powder
conforming to MIL-P-83348, Type I, Composition H, Class 2, 0.001 to 0.004 inch thick
over the repair area.
I. Apply a coat of Metco 52C plasma coating, or other plasma spray powder conforming to
MIL-P-83348, Type I, Composition E, Class 2, 0.040 inch thick minimum over the repair
area.
J. Finish machine throat area of turbine housing to the dimensions in tabulation on Figure
603.
K. Vacuum impregnate the housing in accordance with MIL-STD-276, Method B, with
sealant compound, 19-V-5 or 237, or other impregnant conforming to MIL-I-17563, Class
1.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Turbine Housing Damage Removal
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 602. Turbine Housing - Masking for Plasma Spraying
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 603. Turbine Housing Finish Dimensions
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

1. Replacement of Bushing
A. Remove existing bushing (356, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) from turbine housing (335A or
335B) as follows:
(1) Heat turbine housing (335A or 335B) to 265 to 285°F.
(2) Tap bushing (356) out of heated turbine housing from inside of sleeve bore with a
plastic punch.
NOTE: Bushing (356) has a flanged end and is installed through the bottom of the
housing.
B. Allow housing to cool to room temperature. Verify that ID of housing bore is within limits
of Figure 601.
C. If necessary, touch up dichromate treatment in housing bore in accordance with
AMS2475.
D. Install new semi-finished bushing PN S788107-1 in turbine housing as follows:
(1) Heat turbine housing per step A.(1).
WARNING: CONTACT WITH DRY ICE, BB-C-104, WILL CAUSE LOW
TEMPERATURE BURNS. TEMPERATURE RESISTANT GLOVES AND
APRON ARE REQUIRED. DRY ICE (CARBON DIOXIDE) ALSO
DISPLACES OXYGEN. USE ONLY IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.
(2) Cool bushing to -100°F minimum with dry ice, BB-C-104.
(3) Install bushing in turbine housing until flange of bushing bottoms against housing, as
shown in Figure 601.
(4) Mask oil passageways and other openings to protect from machining debris, as
(5) Drill and line ream ID of bushing to diameter and surface finish shown in Figure 601.
(6) Remove masking material.
RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION REQUIRED.
AVOID REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT. GOOD GENERAL
VENTILATION IS NORMALLY ADEQUATE.
(7) Thoroughly clean turbine housing by vapor degreasing in perchoroethylene, O-T-
236.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Turbine Housing Bushing Replacement
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
ROTOR, COMPRESSOR - REPAIR 5-1

1. Removal of Minor Nicks, Burrs, and Scoring
NOTE: A compressor rotor (30 or 30A, IPL Figure 2) that is deformed or has cracked or
broken blades is not repairable.
A. Remove minor nicks, burrs, and scoring, within limits of Figure 506, using either
abrasive cloth, P-C-451, or a very fine stone.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

1. Rebalancing
CAB 690-R.
B. Install compressor rotor (30 or 30A, IPL Figure 2) in balance fixture, GS14773-1, using
C. Using balancing accessories kit, GS15800-1, to drive the compressor rotor, and balance
machine nozzle assembly, GS15801-1, to direct air flow to the rotor, apply air pressure
D. Biplanar balance the compressor rotor to within 180 micro ounce-inches by removing
stock, as necessary, from indicated areas of compressor rotor, as shown in Figure 601.
Use wheel grinder, part of balancing accessories kit, GS15800-1, to remove stock. Use
blow gun, also part of kit, to remove metallic dust.
compressor rotor, do not attempt to improve balance once it is within the
specified limit.
F. Reduce air pressure to zero.
G. Remove compressor rotor from balance fixture.
I. Fluorescent penetrant inspect compressor rotor in accordance with Table 502.
J. Coat areas of compressor rotor, where stock has been removed, with chemical film,
AMS2473.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Compressor Rotor - Rebalancing
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

1. Replace the Headless Straight Pins
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE HEADLESS STRAIGHT PINS. DO
NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HOLES IN THE ROTOR.
A. Remove bent or damaged headless straight pins (35, IPL Figure 2) from the rotor (40).
B. Examine the holes in the rotor to find if they are worn. Measure the inside diameters of
the holes. Refer to Figure 601.
C. If the holes are not worn and the inside diameters are not more than 0.0778 inch (1.976
mm), install new headless straight pins (35). Refer to step D. If the holes are worn or the
inside diameters are more than 0.0778 inch (1.976 mm) but less than 0.0928 inch
(2.3571 mm), replace the headless straight pins (35) with oversized pins. Refer to step
E. If the inside diameters of the holes are more than 0.0928 inch (2.3571 mm), replace
the compressor rotor (30).
D. Install new headless straight pins (35) as follows:
(2) Apply a thin coat of primer on the new headless straight pins (35) and in the holes in
the rotor (40).
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Measure the Diameters of the Holes

(3) Install the pins (35), while the primer is wet, into the rotor. Push the pins in until they
are at the dimension shown in Figure 602.
(4) Remove the unwanted primer.
E. Replace headless straight pins (35, IPL Figure 2) with oversized pins as follows:
(1) Make two oversized pins as shown in Figure 603.
NOTE: You can machine headless straight pins PN 69522-6H18 to the necessary
dimensions. This pin has the correct large outside diameter and length.
WARNING: PERCHLOROETHYLENE (TETRACHLOROETHYLENE) IS TOXIC. DO
NOT BREATHE VAPORS. USE IN WELL-VENTILATED AREA FREE
FROM SPARKS, FLAME, OR HOT SURFACES. PUT ON SPLASH
GOGGLES, SOLVENT-RESISTANT GLOVES, AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
GEAR. IN CASE OF EYE CONTACT, FLUSH WITH WATER FOR 15
MINUTES AND SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. IN CASE OF SKIN
CONTACT, WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(2) Vapor degrease the pins in perchloroethylene.
(3) Use the two holes as pilots to drill and ream the rotor (40) to the dimensions shown
in Figure 604.
(4) Break the edges on the holes to 0.025 inch (0.635 mm).
(5) Remove all of the metal contamination from the holes.
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
WARNING: PERCHLOROETHYLENE (TETRACHLOROETHYLENE) IS TOXIC. DO

NOT BREATHE VAPORS. USE IN WELL-VENTILATED AREA FREE
FROM SPARKS, FLAME, OR HOT SURFACES. PUT ON SPLASH
GOGGLES, SOLVENT-RESISTANT GLOVES, AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
GEAR. IN CASE OF EYE CONTACT, FLUSH WITH WATER FOR 15
MINUTES AND SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. IN CASE OF SKIN
CONTACT, WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(6) Vapor degrease the rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) in perchloro-ethylene.
Figure 602. Install the Headless Straight Pins (Usual Pins)
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 603. Make the Oversized Pins
Figure 604. Machine the Compressor Rotor for Oversized Pins
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
WARNING: USE THE CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING (ALSO KNOWN AS MIL-

C-5541, MIL-C-81706, AMS2473, ALODINE OR CHEMICAL-FILM
COATING) LIQUID OR POWDER FORM CORRECTLY. COATING IS
FLAMMABLE, POISONOUS, CORROSIVE, AND REACTIVE. IT CAN
HAVE A BAD EFFECT ON YOUR HEALTH OR SAFETY. BEFORE YOU
USE THE COATING, GET THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM
THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF THE MATERIAL AND READ IT
WARNING REGISTRY 341-006. BEFORE YOU USE THE COATING, PUT
ON A CHEMICAL FACE SHIELD, SOLVENT-RESISTANT GLOVES
(BUTYL, NEOPRENE, NITRILE, OR PVC), APRON, AND SHOES. MAKE
SURE THAT YOU HAVE SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE COATING
POWDER OR FUMES BELOW THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
LIMIT.
(7) Apply a thin layer of chemical film, AMS2473, in the holes.
(9) Apply a thin coat of primer on the pins and in the holes in the rotor (40).
(10) Install the pins, while the primer is wet, into the rotor. Push the pins in until they are
at the dimension shown in Figure 605.
Page 605
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(11) Remove the unwanted primer.

(12) Examine the areas near the holes for cracks. Use a 10-power (10X) scope. No
cracks are permitted.
(13) Write "S.R.-2" next to the part number on the rotor with ink. This shows that the rotor
has the oversized pins.
WARNING: KEEP CLEAR EPOXY POLYAMIDE (MIL-C-22750) AWAY FROM SPARKS
OR FLAMES. USE GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU USE
IT. USE IT IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT IS FLAMMABLE
AND CAN CAUSE IRRITATION TO YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND
RESPIRATORY TRACT.
(14) Apply a thin layer of clear epoxy polyamide, MIL-C-22750, on the identification that
you wrote. To prepare it, refer to MIL-C-22751. Apply two layers minimum. Let it dry
for 30 minutes between layers. Let the rotor dry for 12 hours before you touch it.
Figure 605. Install the Oversized Pins
Page 606
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
PLATE, SEAL - REPAIR 6-1

1. Replacement of Lead Seal
A. Pull existing lead seal (62 or 62A, IPL Figure 2) out of dovetail groove in seal plate (60 or
60A) using a metal pick or other suitable tool. Discard seal. Inspect groove to ensure that
seal has been completely removed.
ALCOHOL IN AN AREA WITH GOOD FLOW OF AIR. ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN IRRITATE THE EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY
TRACT.
B. Clean seal groove with a clean cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol. Allow to air dry.
C. Install holding fixture, GS20649-1, in a lathe chuck.
D. Mount seal plate on holding fixture, GS20649-1, using screws provided with fixture.
Hand tighten screws.
E. Indicate on diameter A, the OD of the seal plate, as shown in Figure 601, to center the
plate. Runout of OD must not exceed 0.0005 inch TIR.
F. Tighten fixture screws. Verify that runout of seal plate is still within limits.
G. Mount lead seal rolling tool, GS22828-1, on lathe. Adjust tool so that ID of seal plate is
centered in the roller of the tool.
H. Back off lead seal rolling tool, GS22828-1. Insert either semi-finished lead seal PN
S750493-4 or commercially pure lead per QQ-L-171, Grade A, over tool. Engage lead in
seal plate groove by hand.
CAUTION: FOLLOW THE SPECIFIED ROLLING AND MACHINING PROCEDURES
PRECISELY. DEVIATION FROM THESE PROCEDURES MAY RESULT IN
IMPROPER INSTALLATION OF THE SEAL.
I. Roll lead seal to a 1.220 to 1.230 inch diameter at specified rpm, as shown in Figure
601. Roll seal slowly with an even feed. Increased resistance must be felt during rolling
of seal, indicating proper installation of seal. When required diameter is reached, keep
lead seal rolling tool in place for 15 seconds minimum before disengaging tool.
J. Visually inspect seal to ensure that no seams are visible.
K. Reindicate on OD of seal plate to meet requirements of step E.
L. Machine ID of seal to a 1.300 to 1.301 inch diameter at specified rpm, feed rate, and
number of cuts as shown in Figure 601.
M. Machine outer face of seal to meet the 0.279 to 0.289 inch dimension at specified rpm,
feed rate, and number of cuts as shown in Figure 601. Deburr machined area.
N. Reverse position of seal plate in holding fixture.
O. Reindicate on OD of seal plate to meet requirements of step E.
P. Machine inner face of seal to meet the 0.049 to 0.059 inch dimension at specified rpm,
feed rate, and number of cuts as shown in Figure 601. Deburr machined area.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Seal Plate - Lead Seal Replacement
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Q. Verify that any gaps around circumference of seal do not exceed limits specified in
Figure 601.
R. Apply chemical film, AMS2473, to any areas of seal plate where base metal may have
become exposed during machining of seal.
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
PLATE, SEAL - REPAIR 6-2

1. Replacement of Vespel Seal (62B, IPL Figure 2)
CAUTION: AN OVERSIZED HOLE CAN COMPROMISE RIVET AND SEAL RETENTION.
THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE HOLE MUST NOT EXCEED 0.100 INCH
(2.54 MILLIMETERS).
A. Drill out riviets (66, IPL Figure 2) while holding the old vespel seal in place.
B. Remove the old backing plate (66).
C. Pull existing vespel seal (62B, IPL Figure 2) out of groove in seal plate (60B, IPL Figure
2) and discard seal.
WARNING: USE ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL, ASTM D770, CORRECTLY. ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE, EXPLOSIVE, AND A MILD POISON. IT CAN
THE ALCOHOL, GET THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM THE
MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF THE MATERIAL AND READ IT
WARNING REGISTRY 341-006. BEFORE YOU USE THE ALCOHOL, PUT
ON CHEMICAL-SPLASH GOGGLES. MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE
SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE ALCOHOL FUMES BELOW THE
D. Clean seal plate groove with a clean cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol. Allow to air
dry.
E. Measure ID of seal plate (60B) and record. Refer to Figure 601.
F. Machine the new vespel seal (62B) if necessary per Figure 601.
PROTECTION TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN LOADING PARTS INTO A
PREHEATED OVEN OR HANDLING HEATED OR CHILLED PARTS.
G. Heat seal plate at 290 to 310° F (143 to 154 C°) to install new vespel seal.
H. Cool vespel seal with liquid nitrogen for 5 minutes minimum.
I. Press vespel seal in place within seal plate
J. Drill holes in vespel seal using a 0.98 inch (24.89 mm) bit. Use existing holes in plate to
transfer the 4 holes through vespel seal.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

K. Deburr machined areas to 0.015 (0.381 mm) maximum. Touch up machined areas with
alodine.
L. Install the backing plate as shown in Figure 601.
EXPLOSIVE. IT CAN HAVE A BAD EFFECT ON YOUR HEALTH OR SAFETY.
BEFORE YOU USE THE COATING, GET THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA
SHEET FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF THE MATERIAL
AND READ IT CAREFULLY. READ THE DETAILED WARNING, W0134SE, IN
THE WARNING REGISTRY 341-006. BEFORE YOU USE THE COATING,
PUT ON CHEMICAL-SPLASH GOGGLES, SOLVENT-RESISTANT GLOVES
(BUTYL RUBBER), RUBBER APRON, AND CHEMICAL-SAFETY SHOES.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE SUFFICIENT AIRFLOW TO KEEP THE
WARNING: USE EPOXY COATING, MIL-PRF-85582, TYPE I, CLASS 2, (ALSO KNOWN
AS STRONTIUM CHROMATE PRIMER) CORRECTLY. THE COATING AND
ITS FUMES ARE FLAMMABLE, EXPLOSIVE, AND POISONOUS. IT CAN
THE EPOXY COATING, GET THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FROM
WARNING REGISTRY 341-006. BEFORE YOU USE THE EPOXY COATING,
PUT ON THE RESPIRATOR, CHEMICAL-SPLASH GOGGLES, SOLVENT-
RESISTANT GLOVES, AND LONG SLEEVE AND LONG LEG CLOTHING.
EPOXY COATING FUMES BELOW THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
LIMIT.
M. Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
chromate, Class C2 primer, which are formulated without water. Do not add thinner to
the mixture. Do not use the mixture for 1 hour after you mix it.
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

LIMIT.
N. Apply epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2 primer,
barium chromate MIL-PRF-85582, Type I or II, Class C1 primer or strontium chromate,
Class C2 primer to the 4 rivet holes and assemble as shown.
O. Install the 4 rivets (66) as shown in Figure 601. Clean off excess primer.
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Vespel Seal Replacement
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
PLATE AND INSULATOR, NOZZLE - REPAIR 7-1

1. Replacement of Lead Seal
A. Pull existing lead seal (95, IPL Figure 2) out of dovetail groove in nozzle plate and
insulator (85 or 85A) using a metal pick or other suitable tool. Discard seal. Inspect
groove to ensure that seal has been completely removed.
ALCOHOL IN AN AREA WITH GOOD FLOW OF AIR. ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN IRRITATE THE EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY
TRACT.
B. Clean seal groove with a clean cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol. Allow to air dry.
C. Install holding fixture, GS20649-1, in a lathe chuck.
D. Mount nozzle plate and insulator on holding fixture, GS20649-1, using screws provided
with fixture. Hand tighten screws.
E. Indicate on diameter E, the OD of the nozzle plate, as shown in Figure 601, to center the
plate. Runout of OD must not exceed 0.0005 inch TIR.
F. Tighten fixture screws. Verify that runout of nozzle plate is still within limits.
G. Mount lead seal rolling tool, GS22828-1, on lathe. Adjust tool so that ID of nozzle plate is
centered in the roller of the tool.
H. Back off lead seal rolling tool, GS22828-1. Insert either semi-finished lead seal PN
S750493-14 or commercially pure lead per QQ-L-171, Grade A, over tool. Engage lead
in nozzle plate groove by hand.
CAUTION: FOLLOW THE SPECIFIED ROLLING AND MACHINING PROCEDURES
PRECISELY. DEVIATION FROM THESE PROCEDURES MAY RESULT IN
IMPROPER INSTALLATION OF THE SEAL.
I. Roll lead seal to a 2.055 to 2.065 inch diameter at specified rpm, as shown in Figure
601. Roll seal slowly with an even feed. Increased resistance must be felt during rolling
of seal, indicating proper installation of seal. When required diameter is reached, keep
lead seal rolling tool in place for 15 seconds minimum before disengaging tool.
J. Visually inspect seal to ensure that no seams are visible.
K. Reindicate on OD of nozzle plate to meet requirements of step E.
L. Machine ID of seal to a 2.132 to 2.133 inch diameter at specified rpm, feed rate, and
number of cuts as shown in Figure 601.
M. Machine outer face of seal to blend with nozzle plate surface at specified rpm, feed rate,
and number of cuts as shown in Figure 601. Deburr machined area.
N. Reverse position of nozzle plate and insulator in holding fixture.
O. Reindicate on OD of nozzle plate to meet requirements of step E.
P. Machine inner face of seal to blend with nozzle plate surface at specified rpm, feed rate,
and number of cuts as shown in Figure 601. Deburr machined area.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Nozzle Plate and Insulator - Lead Seal Replacement
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Q. Verify that any gaps around circumference of seal do not exceed limits specified in
Figure 601.
R. Apply chemical film, AMS2473, to any areas of nozzle plate where base metal may have
become exposed during machining of seal.
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
NOZZLE PLATE AND INSULATOR - REPAIR 7-2

1. Replacement of Nozzle Vanes when Worn Beyond Check Limits
NOTE: This repair removes the nozzle vanes from the nozzle plate and insulator and
incorporates a replaceable steel nozzle ring with nozzle vanes, PN 1002315-1.
Replacement of the steel nozzle ring can be performed multiple times on the same
plate. No changes to the assembly of the ACM are required when incorporating this
repair.
A. Separate the insulator (90, IPL Figure 2) from the nozzle (85, IPL Figure 2) plate and
store for later use.
B. Machine the nozzle plate per Figure 601. Use a locally manufactured holding fixture or
locally modify holding fixture GS20649-1.
C. Flourescent penetrant inspect nozzle plate in accordance with Table 510.
D. Alodine touch up machine surfaces per AMS 2473.
E. Reidentify ACM after incorporating this change by marking “SK1000094” on or near the
ACM nameplate and adding “SK1000094” near the existing part marking on the nozzle
and insulator plate assembly.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Nozzle Plate and Insulator
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
ROTOR, TURBINE - REPAIR 8-1

1. Removal of Minor Nicks, Burrs, and Scoring
NOTE: A turbine rotor (100 or 100A, IPL Figure 2) that is deformed or has cracked or
broken blades is not repairable.
A. Remove minor nicks, burrs, and scoring, within limits of Figure 510, using either
abrasive cloth, P-C-451, or a very fine stone.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
ROTOR, TURBINE - REPAIR 8-2

1. Rebalancing
CAB 690-R.
B. Install turbine rotor (100 or 100A, IPL Figure 2) in balance fixture, GS14773-1, using
C. Using balancing accessories kit, GS15800-1, to drive the turbine rotor, and balance
machine nozzle assembly, GS15801-1, to direct air flow to the rotor, apply air pressure
D. Biplanar balance the turbine rotor to within 180 micro ounce-inches by removing stock,
as necessary, from indicated areas of turbine rotor, as shown in Figure 601. Use wheel
grinder, part of balancing accessories kit, GS15800-1, to remove stock. Use blow gun,
also part of kit, to remove metallic dust.
turbine rotor, do not attempt to improve balance once it is within the specified
limit.
F. Reduce air pressure to zero.
G. Remove turbine rotor from balance fixture.
I. Fluorescent penetrant inspect turbine rotor in accordance with Table 502.
J. Coat areas of turbine rotor, where stock has been removed, with chemical film,
AMS2473.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Turbine Rotor-Rebalancing
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
RING, SEAL - REPAIR 9-1

1. Repair of Sealing Surface
A. Machine sealing surface of seal ring (150 and 230, IPL Figure 2) as necessary, within
dimensional limits of Figure 601, to remove flaws such as scratches or pits.
B. Surface must meet flatness and finish requirements as shown in Figure 601.
Figure 601. Seal Ring - Repair of Sealing Surface
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
SHAFT, DRIVE - REPAIR 10-1

1. Repair of Minor Damage from Lead-in Threads
NOTE: If there is any damage along the working length of threads, do not attempt repair.
Replace drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2).
A. Remove minor damage to lead-in threads only using a fine thread file.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
SHAFT, DRIVE - REPAIR 10-2

1. Repair of Minor Scratches
A. Remove minor scratches, using abrasive cloth, P-C-451, provided that dimensional and
surface finish requirements, shown in Figure 512, are maintained.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
HOUSING, CONTAINMENT - REPAIR 11-1

1. Replacement of Liner
NOTE: Liner (15, IPL Figure 3) may be replaced only one time. The next replacement will
require a new containment housing (1).
A. Drill out three headless straight pins (50) from housing (55) using a 0.120 inch diameter
drill.
B. Remove three screws (5), three washers (10), and liner (15). Discard liner.
C. Coat three pinholes in housing (55) with chemical film, AMS2473.
D. Install new semi-finished liner PN S753453-30 in housing (55).
E. Apply a light coat of anti-seize thread compound, MIL-T-5544, to threads and under
heads of three screws (5).
F. Secure liner (15) with three washers (10) and three screws (5). Tighten screws (5) to 25
to 30 pound-inches above running torque.
NOTE: Running torque is the amount of torque required to thread a fastener before
tightening. It may vary depending on the individual fastener.
G. Simultaneously drill and ream three new pinholes, located as shown in Figure 601,
Section C-C, through liner (15, IPL Figure 3), containment ring (20), and housing (55),
using a 0.145 inch maximum diameter drill.
H. Remove three screws (5), three washers (10), liner (15), and containment ring (20).
I. Remachine the three drilled holes in housing (55) to a 0.1552 to 0.1558 inch diameter
and to a depth of 0.250 to 0.280 inch, as shown in Figure 601, Section C-C.
J. Remachine the three drilled holes in containment ring (20, IPL Figure 3) to a 0.1572 to
0.1710 inch diameter.
K. Remachine the three drilled holes in liner (15) to a 0.1572 to 0.1592 inch diameter.
L. Coat machined holes in liner (15) and housing (55) with chemical film, AMS2473.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

LIMIT.
M. Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
N. Coat three new headless straight pins (50) with primer.
O. Install headless straight pins (50), while primer is wet, in drilled holes in housing (55) so
that pins project 0.075 to 0.105 inch from housing, as shown in Figure 601, Section C-C.
P. Remove preformed packing (25, IPL Figure 3) from housing (55). Discard packing.
Q. Apply a thin film of glycerin to a new preformed packing (25). Install packing in housing
(55).
R. Install containment ring (20) and liner (15) in housing (55). Secure with three washers
(10) and three screws (5). Tighten screws (5) to 25 to 30 pound-inches above running
torque.
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 601. Containment Housing - Replacement of Liner
Page 603
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
S. Locate centerline of diameter D of housing (55) and machine ID of liner (15) to a 3.657 to
3.663 inch diameter, as shown in Figure 601.
T. Remove metal chips from assembly.
U. Clean assembly by vapor degreasing in perchloroethylene.
V. Remove liner (15, IPL Figure 3).
W. Mark the same set serial number, which is marked on containment ring (20) and housing
(55), on liner (15). Mark characters less than 0.003 inch deep using either electrolytic
etch or vibration peen method per the following example:
SET SER NO. XXXX

X. Anodize liner (15) in accordance with MIL-A-8625, Type I.
Y. Reidentify reworked containment housing (1) by adding "(SK105317)" below the existing
part number. Mark characters less than 0.003 inch deep using either electrolytic etch or
vibration peen method per the following example:
753453-1
(SK105317)
Page 604
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

1. Removal of Rust and Replating of Containment Ring
A. Remove rust, as required, from containment ring (20, IPL Figure 3) using glass bead
peen.
B. Inspect containment ring (20) for cracks in accordance with Table 502. No cracks
allowed.
C. Apply electrodeposited cadmium plating, as required, to containment ring per QQ-P-416,
Type II (supplementary chromate treatment) to a thickness of 0.0005 to 0.0008 inch.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

1. Replacement of Inlet Screen
A. Disassemble containment housing (1, IPL Figure 3) in accordance with DISASSEMBLY.
B. Remove three rivets (35) and four rivets (40) securing inlet screen (45) to housing (55).
C. Remove inlet screen (45) and discard.
D. Coat three new rivets (35) and four new rivets (40) with chemical film, AMS2473.
E. Touch up any exposed base metal in rivet holes in housing (55) with chemical film,
AMS2473.
F. Align through holes in new inlet screen (45) with holes in housing (55) and install screen
on housing.
LIMIT.
G. Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
NOTE: The primer mixture must be used within 8 hours.
H. Brush or swab a thin coat of primer to three new rivets (35), four new rivets (40), and to
rivet holes in housing (55).
I. Install rivets (35 and 40), while primer is wet, through aligned holes in inlet screen (45)
and housing (55) in required directions for forming of heads, as shown in Figure 601.
Page 601
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
J. Form heads to meet minimum dimensional requirements shown in Figure 601.
Figure 601. Containment Housing - Replacement of Inlet Screen
Page 602
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
ASSEMBLY
1. General
A. Due to the critical nature of the ACM parts, reinspect parts for burrs and other damage
which may have developed during handling or storage. Repair, reclean, or replace, as
required.
CAUTION: ALL PARTS OF THE ACM MUST BE ABSOLUTELY CLEAN AND
UNDAMAGED. THEREFORE, PERFORM ALL ASSEMBLY OPERATIONS ON
CLEAN BENCHES IN A WELL-LIGHTED, LIMITED TRAFFIC AREA.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE NEW BALL BEARINGS (155 AND 235, IPL FIGURE 2)
FROM THEIR SEALED PACKAGES UNTIL INSTALLATION IS REQUIRED TO
AVOID CONTAMINATION OF BEARINGS.
B. Throughout the assembly procedures, reference to the turbine end shall mean that end
of the unit in which the turbine and compressor rotors are located. Reference to the fan
end shall mean that end of the unit in which the cooling fan is located.
C. The assembly torque values for some fasteners are specified as above running torque.
Running torque is the amount of torque required to thread a fastener before tightening. It
may vary depending on the individual fastener. The running torque must be added to the
specified torque value given in the assembly procedures.
D. The running torque of threaded self locking rings (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and (20,
IPL Figure 2) must be between 30 to 120 pound-inches (3 to 14 N•m) to ensure proper
securing of rotating parts. The running torque of the rings decreases with repeated use.
If the running torque is not within limits, replace the rings. If the running torque still is not
within limits, check the threads of drive shaft (240) for damage in accordance with
CHECK.
NOTE: Drive shaft PN 753385-3 can be used in place of drive shaft PN 753385-2.
E. The recommended lubricating oil for the ACM is BPTO 2380 (refer to Table 702). This is
the oil that is referenced throughout the assembly procedures. However, where BPTO
2380 is not available, lubricating oils per MIL-L-23699 are suitable when operating in
hotter and temperate climates, and MIL-L-7808 is suitable when operating in colder
environments. MIL-L-23699 is suitable when ambient temperatures are -10 to +120°F
(-23 to +49°C), and MIL-L-7808 is suitable when ambient temperatures are -60 to +32°F
(-51 to 0°C).
F. Nonmetallic wicks (300, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and face seals (125 and 205, IPL Figure
2) must be soaked in clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, prior to installation.
Nonmetallic wicks (300, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) must be soaked for 3 hours minimum and
drained, and carbon nose of face seals (125 and 205, IPL Figure 2) must be soaked for
2 hours minimum and drained before installation. These parts may be presoaked prior to
build-up of the ACM to facilitate assembly.
G. Use a Wilton PowRarm, Model 301, which is a swivel holding tool, to hold and position
the ACM during assembly, as required. The bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1, and
power arm fixture, GS22815-1, which are listed in Table 701, are designed for mounting
on the Wilton PowRarm.
Page 701
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
H. Special tools, fixtures, and equipment required for assembly are listed in Table 701.
Web.
CAB 570 or CAB 690-R Balance Machine Dynamic balance the rotative
Schenck Trebel Corp. group.
535 Acron St.
Deer Park, NY 11729
CAGE Code: 30218

GS15614-1 Seal and Spring Seat Installer Install spring seat and face
Driver seals in bearing cartridge
sleeve.
build-up. Mounts to Wilton
PowRarm, Model 301.
GS15616-1 Dummy Bearing Used in place of turbine end
ball bearing during shimming
of bearing cartridge sleeve.
GS15617-1 End Play Spacers Used in place of components
GS15617-2 on short and long ends of drive
shaft during shimming of
GS15618-1 Check Nut (3 Required) Used in place of threaded self
locking rings during build-up of
GS15619-1 Bearing Shaft Support Hold drive shaft during
installation of ball bearings.
GS15620-1 Bearing Driver Install ball bearings on drive
shaft.
GS15622-1 Turbine Housing Support Hold ACM during pinning and
Fixture shimming procedures.
GS15623-1 Compressor Rotor Spacer Simulates compressor rotor
during build-up of rotative
group.
Page 702
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
GS15626-1 Balance Fixture Kit Hold turbine housing and

rotative group on balance
690-R, during dynamic
balance.
GS15627-1 Pin Installer Install spiral spring pins for
pinning of seal plate and
rotative group during dynamic
balance. Includes wheel
grinder for balance stock
removal and blow gun for
cleaning.
GS15801-1 Balance Machine Nozzle Direct air flow to rotative group
Assembly during dynamic balance.
GS20670-1 Torque Adapter Torque threaded self locking
ring.
GS20671-1 Closure Kit Cap all ports on ACM for
storage.
replacement of lead seal.
GS22333-2 Spanner Wrench (2 Required) Install turbine and fan end
threaded self locking rings.
GS22815-1 Power Arm Fixture Hold Turbine housing and
rotative group during build-up.
Mounts to Wilton PowRarm,
Model 301.
Model 260 Groove Micrometer Used to measure grooves in
The L S Starrett Co. bearing cartridge sleeve during
121 Crescent St. shimming of face seals.
Athol, MA 01331-1913
CAGE Code: 57163

300 S. Hicks Road GS15615-1 and GS22815-1.
Palatine, IL 60067
CAGE Code: 66080
Page 703
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
GS15610-1 Bearing Sleeve Support Hold the bearing cartridge

sleeve during assembly of
seals.
Model Handle and Probe Set Monitor the temperature of the
HDX-SET-FSP-T-OST compressor rotor and the
Model HH99A-T1 Digital Thermometer cooling fan during installation.
Available from:
Omega Engineering Inc.
One Omega Dr.
P.O. Box 4047
Stamford, CT 06907-4047
Model VT-750B Heat Gun Increase the temperature of
Available from: the compressor rotor and
Master Appliance Corp. cooling fan to install them on
2420 18th St. the drive shaft.
P.O. Box 68
Racine, WI 53401
CAGE Code: 83284

792790-T-11 Pin Alignment Tool Align hole for stepped pin in
bearing cartridge sleeve with
pin hole in turbine housing
prior to installing pin.
782790-T-14 Cartridge Installer Push the cartridge into the
turbine housing. This tool is
necessary only for
PN 782790-16 units.
Page 704
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
I. Consumable materials required for assembly are listed in Table 702.

Web.
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Molybdenum Disulfide- MIL-T-83483 Thread lubricant

Petrolatum Anti-seize Thread
Compound EM Lubricant CP-116
E.M. Corporation
Sub of Great Lakes Chemicals
P.O. Box 2400
W. Lafayette, IN 47906
Dow Corning No. 44 Silicone Dow Corning Corporation Lubricant for preformed
Lubricant packings.
CAGE Code: 71984
Glycerin Commercially available. Lubricant for containment
housing preformed packing.
Glyptal 1202 Clear Glyptal Inc. Protective coating for
Insulating Varnish, Glyptal identification plate.
1500 Thinner CAGE Code: 65313
Isopropyl Alcohol ASTM D770 General cleaning solvent.
Lockwire MS20995C20 Safety wire plugs and
bleeders, liquid level sight
plug, and warning tag.
Lubricating Oil, BPTO 2380 BP Products North America Required lubricating oil for
Inc. ACM.
CAGE Code: 4XLA9

NOTE: Refer to paragraph 1.E. for alternate lubricating oils where BPTO 2380 is not
available.
Marking Pen TT-I-544 Mark reference points on parts
during shimming and
balancing procedures.
Page 705
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
MANUFACTURER OR
MATERIAL USE
SPECIFICATION
Mo-lith No. 2 Thread Lubricant Fiske Bros. Refining Co. Anti-seize thread lubricant.
CAGE Code: 73219

Epoxy Polyamide (Galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Galvanic insulation film for
Primer Class C1 or C2, formulated dissimilar metals.
without water.
OR
MIL-PRF-85582, Type I or II,
Strontium Chromate Class C1 (Barium Chromate or
Primer C2 (Strontium Chromate)
primer coatings formulated
without water.
NOTE: When using either of

the above, the admixture of the
epoxy resin solution and
curing agent shall not be
reduced with any thinner.
Clear Epoxy Polymide Coating MIL-C-22750 Give protection for the
information on the
identification plate
Ultrachem Assembly Fluid #1 Ultrachem Inc. Lubricate the fan and turbine
split (vespel) rings to make it
CAGE Code: 56385 easier to install the bearing
cartridge.
2. Preliminary Check for Acceptable Axial Travel of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve in

Turbine Housing
NOTE: This procedure is recommended, not necessary. This test can be done during
disassembly or by dimensional checks of all of the detail parts.
A. Check for acceptable axial travel of bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) in
turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with stepped pin (305) installed, in
accordance with Figure 701, as follows:
(1) Align hole for stepped pin (305, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in bearing cartridge sleeve
(275, IPL Figure 2) with pinhole or bushing (356, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in turbine
housing (335).
(2) Insert bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2), without preformed packings, into
turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
Page 706
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(3) Insert stepped pin (305), large end in first, into pinhole in turbine housing (335).
Large end must engage pinhole in bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2), as
shown.
(4) Align holes in retaining plate (280, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with holes in turbine
housing (335) and install plate to retain stepped pin (305).
(5) Apply a thin film of clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, to threads and under
heads of two screws (270).
(6) Secure retaining plate (280) with two screws (270) and two washers (275). Tighten
screws to 20 to 25 pound-inches (2 to 3 N•m) above running torque.
(7) Clamp turbine housing (335) to prevent movement.Press stepped pin (305) in
against bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2). Move bearing cartridge sleeve
(275) axially in turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in both directions and
measure and record total axial travel using a dial indicator. Total travel shall not
exceed 0.005 inch.
(8) Repeat step (8) with stepped pin (305) pulled out against retaining plate (280).
(9) Remove screws (270), washers (275), retaining plate (280), and stepped pin (305).
Remove bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) from turbine housing (335, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2).
(10) If total axial travel recorded in steps (8) and (9) exceeds 0.005 inch, dimensionally
inspect stepped pin (305), pinhole or bushing (356) in turbine housing (335), and
pinhole in bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) in accordance with CHECK.
Repair or replace parts, as required.
Page 707
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 701. Checking Travel of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve in Turbine Housing
Page 708
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
3. Assembly of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve

A. Insert one of two spring seats (250, IPL Figure 2), with seat facing inward, into turbine
end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as shown in Figure 702. Align slot in spring seat
with pinhole in sleeve and insert one of two headed straight pins (245, IPL Figure 2).
Apply a small piece of masking tape to temporarily hold pin in place. Do not remove tape
until indicated.
NOTE: Turbine end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275) is the end with two grooves for
preformed packings (5).
B. Install either shims (255) removed during disassembly, or a 0.042 inch trial thickness of
shims, into fan end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275) and seat on spacer in sleeve, as
shown in Figure 702, View F. Use a maximum of two shims (255, IPL Figure 2).
C. Insert compression spring (270) into fan end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275) and locate
in seat of spring seat (250).
D. Insert remaining spring seat (250), with seat facing inward, into fan end of bearing
cartridge sleeve (275), as shown in Figure 702. Align slot in spring seat with remaining
pinhole in sleeve. Insert seal and spring seat installer driver, GS15614-1, into fan end of
sleeve. Press tool against spring seat to compress compression spring (270, IPL Figure
2) and insert remaining headed straight pin (245). Apply a small piece of masking tape to
temporarily hold pin in place. Do not remove tape until indicated.
NOTE: There are two procedures which follow that give instructions on how to
complete the bearing cartridge sleeve assembly. The procedure in paragraph
E. gives instructions on how to do this with end play spacers, GS15617-1 and
GS15617-2, installed on the ends of the drive shaft and tightened in position
with special torque nuts, GS15618-1. An alternative procedure that you may
find easier to use, and which does not use the end play spacers and special
torque nuts, is given in paragraph F.
E. Procedure to Complete the Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Assembly With End Play Spacers:
(1) Install new ball bearing (155) on drive shaft (240) as follows:
(a) Install drive shaft (240), with long end of shaft facing down, in bearing shaft
support, GS15619-1.
CAUTION: AFTER YOU OPEN THE PLASTIC BAG THAT SEALS THE BALL
BEARING, HOLD THE BEARING ONLY BY THE BAG WHEN YOU
MOVE OR INSTALL THE BEARING. IF YOU TOUCH THE BEARING
WITH YOUR BARE HANDS, YOU WILL REMOVE LUBRICATION OIL
FROM THE BEARING AND POSSIBLY CAUSE CONTAMINATION
THAT WILL DAMAGE IT.
(b) Slide new ball bearing (155) over short end of drive shaft (240) with side of
bearing marked THRUST facing down towards wide land of shaft, as shown in
Figure 702.
(c) Slide tapered end of bearing driver, GS15620-1, over short end of drive shaft
(240, IPL Figure 2) and seat against inner race of ball bearing (155).
(d) Place assembly on an arbor press. Press down on bearing driver, GS15620-1,
and seat ball bearing (155) against wide land of drive shaft (240)..
Page 709
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 702. Assembly of Bearing Cartridge Sleeve

(e) Remove bearing driver, GS15620-1, and remove drive shaft (240) with ball
bearing (155) from bearing shaft support, GS15619-1
(2) Insert long end of drive shaft (240) through fan end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275)
until ball bearing (155) is seated against spring seat (250), as shown in Figure 702.
(3) Slide dummy bearing, GS15616-1, over long end of drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2),
until seated against narrow land of shaft, as shown in Figure 702.
(4) Install end play spacers, GS15617-1 and GS15617-2, over short and long ends,
respectively, of drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 6), as shown in Figure 702.
(5) Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-Lith No. 2, to threads and on contact
surface of two check nuts, GS15618-1. Install one nut on each end of drive shaft
(240, IPL Figure 2) and hand tighten.
(6) Insert fan end of bearing cartridge sleeve assembly into bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1, and place holder in a horizontal position.
Page 710
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(7) Tighten special torque nut, GS20581-1, at long end of drive shaft (240) to 330 to 350
pound-inches (37.2 to 39.4 newton-meters) more than running torque. Tighten nut at
short end of shaft to 285 to 300 pound-inches (32.1 to 33.8 newton-meters) more
than running torque.
(8) Put a load (8- to 15-pounds reference) to short end of drive shaft (240), then to long
end of shaft, and measure total end play of shaft, with respect to bearing cartridge
sleeve (275), using dial indicator of bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1. End play
shall be 0.003 to 0.005 inch (0.076 to 0.127 mm). If end play is within limits, proceed
to step (9). If end play is not within limits, proceed as follows:
(a) Remove two check nuts, GS15618-1, and end play spacers, GS15617-1 and
GS15617-2.
(b) Remove bearing cartridge sleeve assembly from bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1.
(c) Remove drive shaft (240) with ball bearing (155) from fan end of bearing
cartridge sleeve (275). Remove dummy bearing, GS15616-1, from turbine end
of sleeve.
(d) Remove masking tape from headed straight pin (245).
(e) Insert seal and spring seat installer/driver, GS15614-1, into fan end of bearing
cartridge sleeve (275). Press tool against spring seat (250) to compress helical
compression spring (270) and remove headed straight pin (245).
(f) Remove spring seat (250), helical compression spring (270), and solid shims
(255).
(g) Adjust thickness of solid shims (255) as necessary to obtain required end play.
Increasing thickness of shims will decrease end play. Decreasing thickness of
shims will increase end play.
(h) Reinstall solid shims (255) in bearing cartridge sleeve (275).
(i) Reinstall helical compression spring (270), spring seat (250), and headed
straight pin (245) in accordance with steps C. and D.
(j) Reinstall drive shaft (240), dummy bearing, GS15616-1, end play spacers,
GS15617-1 and GS15617-2, and recheck end play of drive shaft (240) in
accordance with steps (2) thru (8).
(9) Remove check nut, GS15618-1, and end play spacer, GS15617-2, from long end of
drive shaft (240).
(10) Remove bearing cartridge sleeve assembly from bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1.
(11) Remove drive shaft (240) with ball bearing (155) from fan end of bearing cartridge
sleeve (275). Remove dummy bearing, GS15616-1, from turbine end of sleeve.
Replace drive shaft in sleeve.
(12) Install bearing cartridge sleeve assembly on bearing shaft support, GS15619-1, with
short end of drive shaft (240) facing down.
(13) Slide new ball bearing (235) over long end of drive shaft (240) with side of bearing
marked THRUST facing down towards narrow land of shaft, as shown in Figure 702.
Page 711
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(14) Slide tapered end of bearing driver, GS15620-1, over long end of drive shaft (240,
IPL Figure 2) and seat against inner race of ball bearing (235).
(15) Place assembly on an arbor press. Press down on bearing driver, GS15620-1, and
seat ball bearing (235) against narrow land of drive shaft (240).
(16) Remove bearing driver, GS15620-1. Remove bearing cartridge sleeve assembly
from bearing shaft support, GS15619-1, and replace in bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1.
(17) Reinstall end play spacer, GS15617-2, and check nut, GS15618-1, on long end of
drive shaft (240). Tighten nut to 330 to 350 pound-inches (37.2 to 39.4 newton-
meters) more than running torque.
(18) Recheck drive shaft (240) end play in accordance with step (8).
NOTE: If end play of drive shaft (240) is not within limits, ball bearing (235) must be
replaced after removal from shaft when disassembling bearing cartridge
sleeve assembly to adjust thickness of solid shims (255).
(19) Remove check nuts, GS15618-1, and end play spacers, GS15617-1 and GS15617-
2, from drive shaft (240).
Page 712
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
F. Alternative Procedure to Complete the Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Assembly Without End
Play Spacers:
BEARING, HOLD THE BEARING ONLY BY THE BAG WHEN YOU MOVE
OR INSTALL THE BEARING. IF YOU TOUCH THE BEARING WITH YOUR
BARE HANDS, YOU WILL REMOVE LUBRICATION OIL FROM THE
BEARING AND POSSIBLY CAUSE CONTAMINATION THAT WILL
DAMAGE IT.
(1) Install new ball bearing (155) on the short end of the drive shaft (240) with the side of
the bearing identified as “THRUST” against the wide land of the shaft, as shown in
Figure 703. Leave the bearing loose on the shaft. It will be permanently installed
against the wide land of the shaft in a subsequent step.
(2) While you hold the ball bearing on the shaft, install the shaft on bearing shaft
support, GS15619-1, with the short end of the shaft in the support and the inner race
of the bearing on the nose of the support.
(3) Put the drive shaft, ball bearing, and bearing shaft support, GS15619-1, on an arbor
press.
(4) Install the bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) assembly on the drive shaft
with the fan end of the sleeve down, as shown in Figure 703.
(5) Install dummy bearing, GS15616-1, on the long end of the drive shaft. Push the
bearing down so that it is against the narrow land of the shaft, as shown in Figure
703.
NOTE: Dummy bearing, GS14767-1, has a larger inside diameter than bearing
(235, IPL Figure 2) so that it installs without an interference fit on the shaft.
(6) Install bearing driver, GS15620-1, on the long end of the drive shaft with the nose of
the driver on the inner race of the dummy bearing, as shown in Figure 703.
(7) Slowly push down on the bearing driver, GS15620-1, with the arbor press to push
ball bearing (155, IPL Figure 2) against the wide land of the drive shaft at the fan
end. Push until the movement of the arbor press stops, which shows that the ball
bearing is correctly installed.
Page 713
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 703. Install the Ball Bearing on the Fan (Short)

End of the Drive Shaft
Page 714
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(8) Make a check of the end play of the drive shaft as follows:
CAUTION: KEEP THE LOAD ON THE BEARING DRIVER, GS15620-1,
CONSTANT WHEN YOU MAKE A CHECK OF THE END PLAY OF
THE DRIVE SHAFT. IF THE LOAD CHANGES, THE END PLAY THAT
YOU MEASURE WILL NOT BE ACCURATE.
(a) Keep a load (8- to 15-pounds reference) on the bearing driver, GS15620-1, with
the arbor press.
(b) With one hand, gently move the bearing cartridge sleeve up and down and
measure the total end play of the sleeve. This movement is the equivalent of
drive shaft end play. Use a dial indicator to measure the end play. The end play
must be 0.003 to 0.005 inch (0.076 to 0.127 mm). Refer to Figure 704.
(c) Release the load on the bearing driver, GS15620-1.
(d) If the end play is in the limits of step (b), continue with step (9). If the end play is
not in the limits, continue as follows:
1 Remove the bearing driver, GS15620-1, from the long end of the drive shaft.
2 Remove the bearing cartridge sleeve assembly from the drive shaft (240, IPL
Figure 2) and ball bearing (155). Let the drive shaft and ball bearing stay in
the bearing shaft support, GS15619-1.
3 Remove the dummy bearing, GS15616-1, from the turbine end of the bearing
cartridge sleeve.
4 Remove the masking tape from the headed straight pin (245).
5 Install the seal and spring seat installer/driver, GS15614-1, in the fan end of
the bearing cartridge sleeve. Push the tool against spring seat (250) to
compress helical compression spring (270) and remove headed straight pin
(245).
6 Remove spring seat (250), helical compression spring (270), and solid shims
(255).
7 Change the total thickness of solid shims (255), as necessary, to get the
specified end play of the drive shaft. Refer to Figure 704. If you increase the
thickness of the shims you will decrease the end play. If you decrease the
thickness of the shims you will increase the end play.
8 Install the new thickness of solid shims (255, IPL Figure 2) in the bearing
cartridge sleeve.
Page 715
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 704. Make a Check of the End Play
Page 716
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
9 Install helical compression spring (270), spring seat (250), and headed
straight pin (245) as specified in steps C. and D.
10 Install the bearing cartridge sleeve assembly, dummy bearing, GS15616-1,
and bearing driver, GS15620-1, as specified in steps (4) thru (6).
11 Check the end play of the drive shaft again as specified in step (8).
(9) Remove the bearing driver, GS15620-1, from the long end of the drive shaft.
(10) Remove the bearing cartridge sleeve assembly from the drive shaft (240, IPL Figure
2) and ball bearing (155). Let the drive shaft and ball bearing stay in the bearing
shaft support, GS15619-1.
(11) Remove the dummy bearing, GS15615-1, from the turbine end of the bearing
cartridge sleeve.
(12) Install the bearing cartridge sleeve assembly on the drive shaft with the fan end of
the sleeve down.
BEARING, HOLD THE BEARING ONLY BY THE BAG WHEN YOU MOVE
OR INSTALL THE BEARING. IF YOU TOUCH THE BEARING WITH YOUR
BARE HANDS, YOU WILL REMOVE LUBRICATION OIL FROM THE
BEARING AND POSSIBLY CAUSE CONTAMINATION THAT WILL
DAMAGE IT.
(13) Install new ball bearing (235) on the long end of the drive shaft (240) with the side of
the bearing identified as “THRUST” against the narrow land of the shaft, as shown in
Figure 705.
(14) Install bearing driver, GS5620-1, on the long end of the drive shaft with the nose of
the driver on the inner race of bearing (235, IPL Figure 2), as shown in Figure 705.
(15) Slowly push down on the bearing driver, GS15620-1, with the arbor press to push
the ball bearing against the narrow land of the drive shaft. Push until the movement
of the arbor press stops, which shows that the ball bearing is correctly installed.
(16) Make a check of the end play of the drive shaft again as specified in step (8).
NOTE: If the end play of the drive shaft is not in the specified limits, you must
replace ball bearing (235, IPL Figure 2) with a new bearing after you
disassemble the bearing cartridge sleeve to change the thickness of solid
shims (255). Do not use the removed bearing again.
(17) Remove bearing driver, GS15620-1.
(18) Remove the bearing cartridge assembly from the bearing shaft support, GS15619-1
Page 717
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 705. Install the Ball Bearing on the Turbine (Long)

End of the Drive Shaft
Page 718
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
4. Shimming and Installation of Face Seal -Turbine- End

A. Soak carbon nose of face seal (205, IPL Figure 2) in clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO
2380, for 2 hours minimum and drain.
B. Place bearing cartridge sleeve (275) and drive shaft (240) assembly in bearing sleeve
holder, GS15615-1, with turbine end facing up.
C. Install internal retaining ring (225) in its groove in bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as
D. With internal retaining ring (225, IPL Figure 2) loaded down against groove, measure
and record dimension S, the distance from the top of the sleeve to the top of the
retaining ring, as shown in Figure 706, using a depth micrometer.
E. Install seal ring (230, IPL Figure 2), with scalloped side facing down, over drive shaft
(240) and seat against ball bearing (235), as shown in Figure 706.
F. Measure and record dimension R, the distance from the top of bearing cartridge sleeve
(275, IPL Figure 2) to the top of seal ring (230), as shown in Figure 706, using a depth
micrometer.
NOTE: Due to dimensional differences in parts within their design tolerances,
dimension R may be either greater than, less than or equal to dimension S.
G. Find the difference between dimensions R and S by subtracting the smaller dimension
from the larger dimension (R-S or S-R, as applicable) and record as dimension T. If
dimension R equals dimension S, then dimension T equals zero.
H. Measure and record dimension U, the thickness of the metal ring of face seal (205 IPL
Figure 2), as shown in Figure 706, using a micrometer. Obtain dimension by taking a
reading at three places, equally spaced, and obtaining an average value.
I. Determine required thickness of shims (210, IPL Figure 2) in accordance with the
applicable formula which follows:
NOTE: In the following formulas, 0.413 (10.490 mm) is the nominal value for the
required 0.411 to 0.415 inch (10.439 to 10.541 mm) distance from the top of
face seal (205) to the top of seal ring (230) after shimming and installation of
seal, as shown in Figure 706. Shimming to obtain this dimension provides for
proper preload on seal.
(1) If dimension R is greater than dimension S:
Required shim thickness = 0.413 - (U + T)

(2) If dimension R is less than dimension S:
Required shim thickness = (0.413 - U) + T

(3) If dimension R equals dimension S:
Required shim thickness = 0.413 - U
Page 719
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 706. Installation of Face Seal - Turbine End

J. Select shims (210, IPL Figure 2) equal to required thickness in step I. ±0.001 inch
(0.025 mm).
K. Install shims (210) in bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as shown in Figure 706.
L. Install face seal (205, IPL Figure 2) as follows:
(1) Drain excess lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, from face seal (205).
(2) Slide face seal (205), with carbon nose facing down, over drive shaft (240) and into
fan end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275). Verify that seal is level and centered in
sleeve.
Page 720
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
CAUTION: DO NOT SUPPORT BEARING CARTRIDGE SLEEVE AND DRIVE SHAFT

ASSEMBLY ON DRIVE SHAFT WHEN PRESSING FACE SEAL INTO
SLEEVE AS BALL BEARINGS WILL BE DAMAGED.
(3) Remove bearing cartridge sleeve and shaft assembly from bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1. Place assembly on an arbor press and support on fan end of sleeve
with drive shaft free.
(4) Slide seal and spring seat installer driver, GS15614-1, over drive shaft (240) and
against face seal (205). Press on driver until face seal (205) is seated in bearing
cartridge sleeve (275). Remove driver and remove assembly from arbor press.
Verify that drive shaft (240) rotates freely, indicating proper installation of face seal
(205).
(5) Replace bearing cartridge sleeve and shaft assembly in bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1, with turbine end up.
(6) Do these at the same time (Refer to Figure 706):
• Put a 15- to 20-pound (reference) load on the drive shaft in the direction shown.
• Measure dimension V, the dimension from the top of the bearing cartridge
sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) to the top of the face seal (205), with a depth
micrometer.
Write the dimension on a record.

(7) Subtract dimension V from dimension R. The difference must be 0.411 to 0.415 inch,
indicating correct shimming of face seal (205, IPL Figure 2). If difference is not within
limits, remove face seal (205) per DISASSEMBLY and adjust thickness of shims
(210), as necessary, to obtain the 0.411 to 0.415 inch dimension. Replace face seal
(205) if damaged during removal.
M. Measure and record dimension X, the thickness of internal retaining ring (160), as
shown in Figure 706, using a micrometer. Take reading opposite open end of ring.
N. Measure and record dimension Y, the distance from the top of bearing cartridge sleeve
(275, IPL Figure 2) to the top of the groove where internal retaining ring (160) will be
installed, as shown in Figure 706, using groove micrometer, Model 260.
O. Determine required thickness of shims (165, IPL Figure 2) as follows:
Required shim thickness = V - (X + Y)

P. Select shims (165) equal to required thickness in step O. ±0.001 inch.
Q. Install shims (165) and internal retaining ring (160) in bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as
Page 721
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
5. Shimming and Installation of Face Seal -Fan- End

A. Soak carbon nose of face seal (125, IPL Figure 2) in clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO
2380, for 2 hours minimum and drain.
B. Place bearing cartridge sleeve (275) and drive shaft (240) assembly in bearing sleeve
holder, GS15615-1, with fan end facing up.
C. Install internal retaining ring (145) in its groove in bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as
D. With internal retaining ring (145, IPL Figure 2) loaded down against groove, measure
and record dimension S, the distance from the top of the sleeve to the top of the
retaining ring, as shown in Figure 707, using a depth micrometer.
E. Install seal ring (150, IPL Figure 2), with scalloped side facing down, over drive shaft
(240) and seat against ball bearing (155), as shown in Figure 707.
F. Measure and record dimension R, the distance from the top of bearing cartridge sleeve
(275, IPL Figure 2) to the top of seal ring (150), as shown in Figure 707, using a depth
micrometer.
NOTE: Due to dimensional differences in parts within their design tolerances,
dimension R may be either greater than, less than or equal to dimension S.
G. Find the difference between dimensions R and S by subtracting the smaller dimension
from the larger dimension (R-S or S-R, as applicable) and record as dimension T. If
dimension R equals dimension S, then dimension T equals zero.
H. Measure and record dimension U, the thickness of the metal ring of face seal (125, IPL
Figure 2), as shown in Figure 707, using a micrometer. Obtain dimension by taking a
reading at three places, equally spaced, and obtaining an average value.
I. Determine required thickness of shims (130, IPL Figure 2) in accordance with the
applicable formula which follows:
NOTE: In the following formulas, 0.413 (10.490 mm) is the nominal value for the
required 0.411 to 0.415 inch (10.439 to 10.541 mm) distance from the top of
face seal (125) to the top of seal ring (150) after shimming and installation of
seal, as shown in Figure 707. Shimming to obtain this dimension provides for
proper preload on seal.
(1) If dimension R is greater than dimension S:
Required shim thickness = 0.413 - (U + T)

(2) If dimension R is less than dimension S:
Required shim thickness = (0.413 - U) + T

(3) If dimension R equals dimension S:
Required shim thickness = 0.413 -

J. Select shims (130, IPL Figure 2) equal to required thickness in step I. ±0.001 inch
(0.025 mm).
Page 722
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
K. Install shims (130) in bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as shown in Figure 707.
L. Install face seal (125, IPL Figure 2) as follows:
(1) Drain excess lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, from face seal (125).
(2) Slide face seal (125), with carbon nose facing down, over drive shaft (240) and into
fan end of bearing cartridge sleeve (275). Verify that seal is level and centered in
sleeve.
CAUTION: DO NOT SUPPORT BEARING CARTRIDGE SLEEVE AND DRIVE SHAFT
ASSEMBLY ON DRIVE SHAFT WHEN PRESSING FACE SEAL INTO
SLEEVE AS BALL BEARINGS WILL BE DAMAGED.
(3) Remove bearing cartridge sleeve and shaft assembly from bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1. Place assembly on an arbor press and support on turbine end of sleeve
with drive shaft free.
Figure 707. Installation of Face Seal - Fan End
Page 723
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(4) Slide seal and spring seat installer driver, GS15614-1, over drive shaft (240) and
against face seal (125). Press on driver until face seal (125) is seated in bearing
cartridge sleeve (275). Remove driver and remove assembly from arbor press.
Verify that drive shaft (240) rotates freely, indicating proper installation of face seal
(125).
(5) Replace bearing cartridge sleeve and shaft assembly in bearing sleeve holder,
GS15615-1, with fan end up.
(6) Do these at the same time (Refer to Figure 707):
• Put a 15- to 20-pound (reference) load on the drive shaft in the direction shown.
• Measure dimension V, the dimension from the top of the bearing cartridge
sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) to the top of the face seal (125), with a depth
micrometer.
Write the dimension on a record.

(7) Subtract dimension V from dimension R. The difference must be 0.411 to 0.415 inch,
indicating correct shimming of face seal (125, IPL Figure 2). If difference is not within
limits, remove face seal (125) per DISASSEMBLY and adjust thickness of shims
(130), as necessary, to obtain the 0.411 to 0.415 inch dimension. Replace face seal
(125) if damaged during removal.
M. Measure and record dimension X, the thickness of internal retaining ring (105), as
shown in Figure 707, using a micrometer. Take reading opposite open end of ring.
N. Measure and record dimension Y, the distance from the top of bearing cartridge sleeve
(275, IPL Figure 2) to the top of the groove where internal retaining ring (105) will be
installed, as shown in Figure 707, using groove micrometer, Model 260.
O. Determine required thickness of shims (110, IPL Figure 2) as follows:
Required shim thickness = V - (X + Y)

P. Select shims (110) equal to required thickness in step O. ±0.001 inch.
Q. Install shims (110) and internal retaining ring (105) in bearing cartridge sleeve (275), as
Page 724
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
6. Install the Turbine Rotor and Measure the Rotor Clearance

A. Install two check nuts, GS15618-1, on the fan end of the drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2).
Tighten the two nuts into each other.
B. Install the assembly in the bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1, with the turbine end up.
C. Install an aluminum sleeve bushing (180) onto the long end of the drive shaft (240). Use
a PN 732160-13 or -14 as a test piece.
WARNING: USE HEAT-RESISTANT GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH HOT PARTS. IF YOU
TOUCH HOT PARTS WITHOUT PROTECTIVE GLOVES YOU CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO YOUR HANDS.
D. Apply heat to the turbine rotor (100), in an oven at 250 °F (121 °C) for no more than 1
hour.
CAUTION: THE TURBINE ROTOR (100) HAS AN INTERFERENCE FIT ON THE DRIVE
SHAFT (240). TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FIT, INSTALL THE TURBINE
ROTOR THE LEAST NUMBER OF TIMES POSSIBLE.
E. Install the hot rotor (100) on the drive shaft (240).
F. Install the compressor rotor spacer, GS15623-1, and a check nut, GS15618-1, on the
long end of the drive shaft (240). Torque the check nut, GS15618-1, 330 to 350 pound-
inches (37.2 to 39.4 newton-meters). Each minute, while the temperature of the turbine
rotor (100) decreases to ambient, torque the check nut, GS15618-1, again. Torque the
check nut, GS15618-1, when the temperature becomes stable.
G. Put the turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) on the turbine-housing support
fixture, GS15622-1, with the turbine end up, as shown in Figure 708
H. Align the hole in the bearing cartridge sleeve (270, IPL Figure 2) with the hole in the
turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
I. Push the assembly into the turbine housing (360) until the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure
2) touches the turbine housing.
J. Measure the distance from the back face of the turbine rotor (100) to the face of the
turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) at three positions with a depth micrometer.
Calculate the average of the three dimensions. Write this dimension on a record.
K. Align the holes for the stepped pin (305, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2). Insert the stepped pin
into the turbine housing (360).
L. Apply a 15 to 20 pound (6.8 to 9.1 kilogram) load to the long end of the drive shaft (240,
IPL Figure 2) in direction G. Measure the distance from the back face of the turbine rotor
(100) to the face of the turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with a depth
micrometer. Calculate the average of the three dimensions. Write this dimension on a
record. Remove the load.
M. Subtract the dimension measured in step L. from dimension measured in step N. Write
this dimension on a record as dimension E. The difference is the clearance between the
turbine housing (360) and the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2).
Page 725
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 708. Determination of Turbine Housing to

Turbine Rotor Clearence
Page 726
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
N. The clearance must be 0.009 to 0.011 inch (0.229 to 0.279 mm). If the clearance is in the
limits, then continue at step 7. If the clearance is not in the limits, then continue as
follows:
(1) Make a selection of a new aluminum sleeve bushing (180) to change the clearance
to the necessary dimension. A longer bushing will increase the clearance, and a
shorter bushing will decrease the clearance.
(2) Remove the stepped pin (305, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
(3) Remove the assembly from the turbine housing (360). Install the assembly in the
bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1, with the turbine end up.
(4) While you hold the inner check nut, GS15618-1, at the short end of the drive shaft
(240, IPL Figure 2), remove the check nut, GS15618-1, at the long end of the drive
shaft (190).
(5) Remove the compressor rotor spacer, GS15623-1.
(6) Remove the turbine rotor (100) as shown in DISASSEMBLY.
(7) Remove the aluminum sleeve bushing (180).
(8) Install the new aluminum sleeve bushing (180), turbine rotor (100), and the
compressor rotor spacer, GS15623-1.
(9) Do a check of the turbine rotor to turbine housing clearance again. Refer to steps D.
thru M.
Page 727
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
7. Measure the Runout of the Turbine Rotor

A. Install the assembly into the bearing sleeve holder, GS15615-1, with the turbine-end up.
B. Do a runout-check on the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2) as shown in Figure 709. The
maximum permitted runout is 0.002 inch (0.050 mm) at the points shown.
C. Do a runout-check on the turbine-end of the drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2) as shown in
Figure 713. The maximum permitted runout is 0.0015 inch (0.0381 mm) at the points
shown.
Figure 709. Turbine Rotor Runout
Page 728
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
8. Install the Bearing Cartridge in the Turbine Housing (Refer to Figure 710)
A. For PN 782790-6, -10 and -12, install the bearing cartridge in the turbine housing as
follows:
(1) Lubricate the preformed packings (330, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with lubricating oil,
BPTO 2380.
Figure 710. Install the Bearing Cartridge

(2) Install the preformed packings (330) in the turbine housing (360) and the preformed
packing (5, IPL Figure 2) on the bearing cartridge sleeve (275).
Page 729
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(3) Align the hole in the bearing cartridge sleeve (275) for the stepped pin (305, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2) before you push the sleeve in its bore. Push the bearing cartridge
in the the turbine housing (360) until the holes for the stepped pin are aligned. You
can use an alignment tool, 792790-T-11 to help align the holes. After the holes are
aligned, install the pin.
B. For PN 782790-16, install the bearing cartridge in the turbine housing as follows:
(1) Remove the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
(2) Lubricate the preformed packing (5) with lubricating oil, BPTO 2380.
(3) Install the preformed packings (330, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in the turbine housing
(360) and the preformed packing (5) on the bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure
2).
(4) Apply a thin layer of Ultrachem Assembly Fluid #1 to the fan split ring (332, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2) and turbine split ring (6, IPL Figure 2).
NOTE: NOTE: You can apply the Ultrachem Assembly Fluid #1 before you install
the split rings or you can apply it after the turbine housing is hot
(immediately before you install the bearing cartridge).
(5) Install the fan split ring (332, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in the turbine housing (360).
Install the turbine split ring (6, IPL Figure 2) on the bearing cartridge sleeve (275).
(6) Remove all of the Ultrachem Assembly Fluid #1 that is not on the split rings or the
packings.
WARNING: USE GLOVES WITH INSULATION WHEN YOU TOUCH THE HOT
HOUSING. THE HEAT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN.
(7) Increase the temperature of the turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) to 300
to 325 5F (148.9 to 162.8 5C) for 30 to 60 minutes before you install the bearing
cartridge in the turbine housing.
(8) Lubricate the outside of the bearing cartridge sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) with
lubricating oil, BPTO 2380.
(9) Radially align the hole in the bearing cartridge sleeve (275) for the stepped pin (305,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with the hole in the turbine housing (360) before you push the
sleeve in its bore.
(10) Use a press and the cartridge installer, 7827900-T-14, to install the bearing cartridge
in the the turbine housing (360). Make sure that the load is on the bearing cartridge
sleeve (275, IPL Figure 2) only and not on the shaft or the seals. Push the cartridge
only until the holes for the stepped pin (305, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) are aligned. You
can use an alignment tool, 792790-T-11 to help align the holes. After the holes are
aligned, install the pin. Refer to Figure 711
(11) Install the turbine rotor (100, IPL Figure 2).
Page 730
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 711. Install the Bearing Cartridge in the Turbine Housing

(For PN 782790-16 Units)
Page 731
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
9. Assemble the Remaining Parts of the Rotative Group

WARNING: USE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU USE LUBRICATING OIL. USE IT
IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT CAN CAUSE IRRITATION TO
YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
A. Lubricate the preformed packing (80, IPL Figure 2) with lubricating oil, BPTO 2380.
Install the packing on the nozzle plate and insulator (85).
CAUTION: INSTALL THE NOZZLE PLATE AND INSULATOR CAREFULLY SO YOU DO
NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SEAL.
B. Install the seal disc (75) in the nozzle plate and insulator (85). Install the assembly on the
drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2) with the vanes pointed toward the turbine rotor (100).
NOTE: If the nozzle plate and insulator (85) has been modified to incorporate a
replaceable steel nozzle ring (REPAIR 7-2), install the new nozzle ring with the
altered nozzle plate (85). Align the bolt holes in the nozzle ring with the bolt
holes in the nozzle plate. All other assembly instructions remain the same.
C. Align the holes in the disc with the holes in the turbine rotor for the headless straight pins
(35). Align the holes in the nozzle plate with the holes in the turbine housing (360, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2) for the screws (310).
D. Install the nozzle insulator (70, IPL Figure 2) on the nozzle plate and insulator (85) with
the flat side down. Align the holes in the nozzle insulator with the holes in the nozzle
plate and insulator and the turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) for the screws
(310).
E. Install the compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) and seal plate (60) as follows:
CAUTION: INSTALL THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR CAREFULLY SO YOU DO NOT
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SEAL.
(1) Install the compressor rotor (40) in the seal plate (60). The bore sections of the holes
for the screws must point in the direction of the compressor rotor.
WARNING: USE GLOVES WITH INSULATION WHEN YOU TOUCH THE ROTOR.
THE HEAT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN.
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE NOZZLE OF A HEAT GUN WHILE IT OPERATES,
OR FOR AT LEAST 10 MINUTES AFTER IT GOES OFF. DO NOT PUT
ANY PART OF YOUR BODY IN FRONT OF THE HEAT GUN WHILE IT
OPERATES. THE HEAT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN.
CAUTION: DO NOT KEEP THE HEAT GUN POINTED AT ANY ONE AREA OF THE
ROTOR FOR VERY MUCH TIME. DO NOT LET THE ROTOR BE AT THE
INCREASED TEMPERATURE FOR MORE THAN 1 HOUR.
(2) Increase the temperature of the rotor to 225 ° F (107.2 ° C) maximum with a heat
gun, Model VT-750B, as follows:
(a) Keep a minimum distance of 0.5 inch (13 mm) between the tip of the heat gun
and the rotor.
(b) Frequently turn the rotor approximately 90° . This will help to prevent hot spots.
Page 732
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
CAUTION: DO NOT PUT HEAT ON THE ROTOR FOR MORE THAN 1 HOUR. IF
IT IS AT A HIGH TEMPERATURE FOR VERY MUCH TIME, IT CAN
BECOME DAMAGED.
(c) After each time that you turn the rotor, do a check of the surface temperature in
the area where the heat gun was just pointed. Use the handle and probe set,
Model HDX-SET-FSP-T-OST, and digital thermometer, Model HH99A-T1, to do
the check. Make sure that the temperature is less than 225 ° F (107.2 ° C).
WARNING: USE GLOVES AND AN APRON WITH INSULATION IN THEM WHEN YOU
TOUCH DRY ICE. USE DRY ICE IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF
AIR. DRY ICE IS SOLID CARBON DIOXIDE (C02) THAT HAS A
TEMPERATURE BELOW -112 ° F (-80 ° C). IF YOU TOUCH IT, IT WILL
CAUSE BAD LOW TEMPERATURE BURNS. DRY ICE WILL BECOME
CARBON DIOXIDE GAS, AND DECREASE THE CONCENTRATION OF
OXYGEN IN THE AIR AROUND IT.
(3) Decrease the temperature of the compressor rotor section of the drive shaft (240)
with dry ice.
CAUTION: INSTALL THE SEAL PLATE CAREFULLY SO THE SEAL DOES NOT
BECOME DAMAGED.
(4) Install the compressor rotor (40) and seal plate (60) on the drive shaft (240). Make
sure that the headless straight pins (35) go through the seal disc (75) and into the
turbine rotor (100).
(5) Align the holes in the seal plate (60) with the holes in the nozzle insulator (70),
nozzle plate and insulator (85) and turbine housing (360, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) for
the screws (310).
(6) Apply a thin layer of molybdenum disulfide-petrolatum antiseize thread compound,
MIL-T-83483, on the threads and the flange surface of the self-locking threaded ring
(20, IPL Figure 2). Install the flat washer (25) and the ring.
(7) Do these at the same time:
• Hold the check nuts, GS15618-1, that are at the fan-end of the drive shaft (240).
• Torque the self-locking threaded ring (20) 330 to 350 pound-inches (37.3 to 39.6
newton-meters) above a running torque of 60 to 120 pound-inches (6.8 to 13.5
newton-meters). Use torque adapter, GS20670-1.
• Final assembly torque, including running torque, shall be 390 to 470 pound-
inches (44.1 to 53.1 newton-meters). Continue to tighten locking ring every
minute until rotor cools to approximately 10°F above room temperature.
Retighten nut after rotor stabilizes at room temperaure.
(8) Align the seal plate (60) so the drag from the two seals (62, 95) is the minimum
possible.
Page 733
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

(8a) Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
(9) Apply a thin layer of epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class
CI or C2 primer, barium chromate MIL-PRF-85582, Type I or II, Class C1 primer or
strontium chromate, Class C2 primer on 11 screws (310, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and
on the surfaces of the washers (315) that will touch the seal plate (60, IPL Figure 2).
(10) Install the 11 screws (310, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and washers (315). Torque 10 to
15 pound-inches (1.2 to 1.6 newton-meters) more than running torque. The running
torque must be 1.5 to 9 pound-inches (0.2 to 1.0 newton-meters).
10. Compressor Rotor Runout Checks .
A. Measure the compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) runouts at the points shown in Figure
712. The runouts must not be more than 0.002 inch (0.050 mm). If the runout is
satisfactory, continue at step B. If the runout is not satisfactory, do these steps:
(1) Identify the radial position of the compressor rotor (40) in relation to the turbine rotor
(210).
(2) Remove the self-locking threaded ring (20), flat washer (25), seal plate (60), and
compressor rotor (40). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
(3) Install the compressor rotor (40) and seal plate (60) so that the headless straight
pins (35) engage the opposite holes in the turbine rotor (100). Refer to steps 9. D.
Page 734
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(4) Do the runout checks again.

B. Remove the two check nuts, GS15618-1 from the fan-end of the drive shaft (240, IPL
Figure 2).
Figure 712. Compressor Rotor Runout Checks
Page 735
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
11. Installation of Fan Spacer and Cooling Fan

A. Place power arm fixture, GS22815-1, supporting turbine housing and rotative group, in a
horizontal position.
B. Install fan spacer (320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) on short end of drive shaft (240, IPL
Figure 2) with small end of spacer seated against seal ring (150), as shown in Figure
713.
C. Heat cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) in an oven at 250°F (121°C) for 1 hour
maximum.
D. Install heated cooling fan (170) on short end of drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2), as shown
in Figure 713
E. Apply a light coat of molybdenum disulfide-petrolatum anti-seize thread compound, MIL-
T-83483, to threads on short end of drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2).
F. Install flat washer (165, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and threaded self locking ring (160) on
short end of drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2). While holding threaded self locking ring (20,
IPL Figure 2) at long end of shaft with a spanner wrench, GS22333-2, tighten threaded
self locking ring (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) to 285 to 300 pound-inches (32.3 to 33.8
newton-meters) above a running torque of 60 to 120 pound-inches (6.8 to 13.5 newton-
meters), using a second spanner wrench, GS22333-2. Final assembly torque, including
running torque, shall be 345 to 420 pound-inches (39.0 to 47.4 newton-meters).
Continue to tighten locking ring every minute until cooling fan (170) cools to
approximately 10°F above room temperature. Retighten nut after cooling fan stabilizes
at room temperature.
NOTE: Running torque of threaded self locking ring (160) must be 60 to 120 pound-
inches (6.8 to 13.5 newton-meters). If running torque is not within limits, replace
locking ring. If running torque still is not within limits, check threads on drive
shaft (240, IPL Figure 2) for damage.
Page 736
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 713. Installation of Fan Spacer and Cooling Fan and Checking Runouts
Page 737
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
12. Checking Runouts on Cooling Fan and Drive Shaft

A. Check runouts on cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and on drive shaft (240, IPL
Figure 2) at points A and B, as shown in Figure 713. Rotate drive shaft (240, IPL Figure
2) slowly through 360° while checking runout at each point. Runout at point A shall not
exceed 0.002 inch TIR. Runout at point B shall not exceed 0.0015 inch TIR. If runouts
are within limits, proceed to paragraph 12. If runout limit at either point is exceeded,
proceed as follows:
(1) While holding threaded self locking ring (20) at long end of drive shaft (240) using a
spanner wrench, GS22333-2, remove threaded self locking ring (160, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 1) on short end of shaft using a second spanner wrench, GS22333-2.
(2) Recheck runout that exceeded limit. If runout still is not within limit, proceed to step
(3). If runout is within limit, proceed as follows:
(a) Either rotate flat washer (165) 180° or replace washer.
(b) Reinstall threaded self locking ring (160). While holding threaded self locking
ring (20, IPL Figure 2) at long end of drive shaft (240), tighten threaded self
locking ring (160, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) at short end of shaft to 285 to 300
pound-inches above a running torque of 30 to 120 pound-inches. Final assembly
torque, including running torque, shall be 315 to 420 pound-inches.
(c) Recheck runout. If runout is within limit, verify that runouts at both points (cooling
fan and drive shaft) are within limits, and proceed to paragraph 12. If runout still
is not within limit, replace threaded self locking ring (160), verify that both
runouts are within limits, and proceed to paragraph 12.
(3) Remove flat washer (165).
(4) If a shaft zero location was not previously marked at the long end of drive shaft (240,
IPL Figure 2), scribe a small line at the short end of the shaft using a fine file.
(5) Mark a line on cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), in line with the shaft zero
location, using marking pen, TT-I-544. A line also should be marked on fan spacer
(320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2). However, this cannot be done until cooling fan (170,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) is heated and reoriented on shaft in steps (7) through (9),
during which fan spacer (320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) can be accessed for marking.
(6) Recheck runout that is out-of-limit and note angle, in relation to shaft zero location,
at which highest runout occurs. Record angle and high point.
(7) Heat cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), in accordance with DISASSEMBLY,
paragraph 1.F., to allow fan to be reindexed.
(8) Slide cooling fan (170) slightly away from fan spacer (320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2)
and mark a line on spacer, in line with the shaft zero location, using marking pen, TT-
I-544.
(9) Rotate cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) 180° while maintaining position of fan
spacer (320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in line with shaft zero location. Seat fan against
spacer.
(10) Reinstall flat washer (165, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and threaded self locking ring
(160) in accordance with paragraph 10.F.
Page 738
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(11) Recheck runout that is out-of-limit and record angle and high point. If runout is now
within limit, verify that runouts at both points are within limits, and proceed to
paragraph 12. If runout still is not within limit, compare runout obtained before
rotation of cooling fan (170) with runout obtained after rotation of cooling fan.
(12) If runout changed significantly, remove cooling fan (170) and dimensionally inspect
in accordance with CHECK. Replace cooling fan, if necessary.
(13) If change in runout was small, repeat the reorientation procedure with fan spacer
(320, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) rotated 180°. Dimensionally inspect and replace fan
spacer, if necessary. If problem persists, inspect drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2) and
replace, if necessary.
Page 739
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
13. Installation of Lubrication Parts, Liquid Level Sight Plug, and Plugs and Bleeders
A. Soak nonmetallic wicks (300, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) in clean, filtered, lubricating oil,
BPTO 2380, for 3 hours minimum and drain.
CAUTION: WICK BUSHINGS (295) HAVE A LONG END (0.84 INCH (21.34 MM)
NOMINAL) AND A SHORT END (0.33 INCH (8.38 MM) NOMINAL).
BUSHINGS MUST BE INSTALLED WITH SHORT ENDS LOCATED UNDER
HEADS OF NONMETALLIC WICKS (300) TO ENSURE PROPER SPRING
TENSION OF WICKS AGAINST DRIVE SHAFT (240, IPL FIGURE 2).
ACCIDENTAL INVERSION OF THE WICK BUSHINGS WILL RESULT IN
EXCESSIVE HEATING/WICK WEAR AND OTHER POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO
THE ACM.
B. Assemble two wick assemblies by installing wick bushing (295, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) on
nonmetallic wick (300), with short end of bushing located under head of wick, followed
by spring (290) and spring retainer (285), as shown in Figure 714.
C. Install two wick assemblies in turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), as shown in
Figure 714.
D. Verify that stepped pin (305, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) is properly installed in turbine
housing (335).
E. Install retaining plate (280).
F. Apply a thin film of clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, to threads and under
heads of two screws (270).
G. Secure retaining plate (280) with two washers (275) and two screws (270). Tighten
screws (270) to 20 to 25 pound-inches above running torque.
H. Gently pull nonmetallic wicks (300) away from drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2), against
their spring loads, and release. Wicks must return freely to their normal positions with no
evidence of binding.
I. Apply a thin film of clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, to preformed packing (265,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2). Install packing in its groove in turbine housing (335).
Page 740
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 714. Installation of Lubrication Parts, Liquid Level Sight Plug, and Plugs
and Bleeders
Page 741
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
CAUTION: USE CARE WHEN INSTALLING SUMP COVER (245) NOT TO CATCH THE
NONMETALLIC WICKS (300) ON THE INNER LIP OF THE COVER, AS THIS
WILL CAUSE BENDING AND ADDITIONAL LOADING ON THE WICKS,
RESULTING IN EXCESSIVE HEATING/WICK WEAR AND OTHER POSSIBLE
DAMAGE TO THE ACM.
J. Install sump cover (245), with headless straight pin (250) located in specified slot in
turbine housing (335), as shown in Figure 714, View L-L. Keep sump cover (245, IPL
Figure 1, Sheet 2) level during installation and ensure that ends of nonmetallic wicks
(300) are located inside the inner lip of the cover to prevent wicks from being caught on
the lip.
K. Install tab washer (240) and internal retaining ring (235) to retain sump cover (245).
Bend tabs on tab washer (240) in three places, as shown in Figure 714, to secure
internal retaining ring (235, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2).
L. Apply a thin film of clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, to preformed packing (225)
and to threads and under head of liquid level sight plug (230A). Install packing on sight
plug. Install sight plug in turbine housing (335), as shown in Figure 714, View L-L, and
tighten plug to 15 to 25 pound-inches.
M. Apply a thin film of clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380, to two preformed packings
(215, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and to threads and under heads of two plugs and bleeders
(220). Install packings on plugs and bleeders. Install one plug and bleeder (220) in
turbine housing (335) and install other plug and bleeder (220) in sump cover (245), as
shown in Figure 714, View L-L. Tighten plugs to 15 to 25 pound-inches.
N. For ACMs incorporating L9, apply a thin film of clean, filtered, lubricating oil, BPTO 2380,
to preformed packing (216, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and to threads and under head of plug
and bleeder (221). Install plug and bleeder in turbine housing (335), as shown in Figure
714, View L-L. Tighten plug to 15 to 25 pound- inches.
O. Install spring wire (205, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) through ring of chain (210). Install spring
wire (205) in plug and bleeder (220), as shown in Figure 714, View L-L. Attach free end
of chain (210, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) to turbine housing (335) using pin (200), as shown.
Install pin (200) in accordance with AS567.
P. For ACMs incorporating L9, install spring wire (206) through ring of chain (211). Install
spring wire (206) in plug and bleeder (221), as shown in Figure 714, View L-L. Attach
free end of chain (211, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) to turbine housing (335) using pin (201).
Install pin (201) in accordance with AS567.
Q. Do not lockwire plugs and bleeders (220 and 221), liquid level sight plug (230A), and
warning tag (175) until indicated after testing of the ACM.
Page 742
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
14. Dynamic Balance.

A. Prepare the assembly for the balance procedure as follows:
(1) Prepare the speed pickup. Refer to the instructions for the photoelectric cell with
your balance machine.
(2) Remove the assembly from the turbine-housing support fixture, GS15622-1. Install it
on the balance fixture, GS15626-1. Refer to Figure 715.
(3) Install the balance fixture on the balance machine, CAB 570 or CAB 690-R.
B. Make the balance planes Y and Z, as shown in Figure 715.
C. Do an initial balance check of the rotative assembly as follows:
(1) Supply air pressure to turn the rotative assembly with the accessories kit, GS15800-
1. Point the flow of air at the vanes of the compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) with
the balance nozzle assembly, GS15801-1.
WARNING: USE EAR PROTECTION DURING BALANCE OPERATIONS. BALANCE
OPERATIONS MAKE HIGH-FREQUENCY NOISE THAT CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EARS.
(2) Make the balance speed 4400 to 4600 rpm.
NOTE: The 4400 to 4600 rpm balance speed is applicable only when you use the
Schenck balance machine. If you use a different balance machine, use the
balance speed that the machine manufacturer recommends.
(3) Make a check to find if the rotative assembly is balanced in 5000 micro ounce-
inches in planes Y and Z. Refer to Figure 715. If the assembly is not balanced in
these limits in plane Z, continue at step D. If the assembly is not balanced in these
limits in plane Y, continue at step E. If the assembly is balanced in these limits,
continue at step F.
D. If the unbalance is more than 5000 micro ounce-inches in plane Z, do these steps:
(1) Remove the assembly from the balance fixtures, GS15626-1. Install it on the power
arm fixture, GS22815-1.
(2) Identify the radial location of the cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) on the drive
shaft (240, IPL Figure 2) with small marks on each of them. You can use a marking
pen, TT-I-544, to make the mark on the fan, and a fine file to make the mark on the
shaft.
(3) Remove the cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
Page 743
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 715. Dynamic Balance
Page 744
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(4) Make a mark on the fan spacer (320) that is radially aligned with the marks that you
made on the cooling fan (170) and drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2). You can use a
marking pen, TT-I-544, to make the mark.
(5) Install the cooling fan (170, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) 180° from the position from which
you removed it. Refer to paragraph (2) Keep the mark on the fan spacer (320)
aligned with the mark on the shaft.
(6) Measure the fan-end runouts and do a balance check.
(7) If the unbalance vector moves in relation to the movement of the cooling fan (170),
replace the fan, then do runout and balance checks.
NOTE: You can balance the cooling fan (170). Refer to REPAIR 3-2.
(8) If the unbalance vector does not move in relation to the movement of the cooling fan,
do steps (1) and (3), turn the fan spacer (320) 180°, then do steps (5) and (6).
E. If the unbalance is more than 5000 micro ounce-inches in plane Y (turbine-end), do
these steps:
(1) Remove the assembly from the balance fixtures, GS15626-1. Install it on the power
arm fixture, GS22815-1.
(2) Identify the radial location of the compressor rotor (40, IPL Figure 2) on the drive
shaft (240) with small marks on each of them. You can use a marking pen, TT-I-544,
to make the marks.
(3) Remove the compressor-end self-locking threaded ring (20) with the torque adapter,
GS20670-1.
(4) Remove the flat washer (25).
(5) Remove the compressor rotor (20) and seal plate (60). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
(6) Make a mark on the seal disc (75) that is radially aligned with the mark on the drive
shaft (240). You can use a marking pen, TT-I-544, to make the mark.
(7) Turn the compressor rotor (40) 180° in relation to the mark on the drive shaft (240).
Keep the mark on the seal disc (75) aligned with the mark on the shaft.
(8) Install the compressor rotor (40) on the drive shaft (240). Make sure that the
headless straight pins (35) go through the seal disc (75) and into the turbine rotor
(100). Refer to paragraph 8. D.
(9) Do a check of the compressor rotor runout. Refer to paragraph 9.
(10) Do a balance check. Refer to steps 13. A. thru C.
(11) If the unbalance vector moves in relation to the movement of the compressor rotor
(40), replace the rotor, then do runout and balance checks.
NOTE: NOTE: You can balance the compressor rotor (40). Refer to REPAIR 5-2.
(12) If the unbalance vector does not move in relation to the movement of the
compressor rotor (30), do steps (1) thru (6), turn the seal disc (75) 180° , then do
steps (8) thru (10).
Page 745
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(13) If the unbalance vector moves in relation to the movement of the seal disc (75), do
steps (1) thru (6), replace the disk, then do steps (8) thru (10).
(14) If the unbalance vector does not move in relation to the movement of the seal disc
(75), remove the compressor rotor (40), seal plate (60), nozzle insulator (70), seal
disc (75) and nozzle plate and insulator (85). Refer to DISASSEMBLY.
(15) Make a mark on the turbine rotor (100) that is radially aligned with the mark on the
drive shaft (240). You can use a marking pen, TT-I-544, to make the mark.
(16) Remove the turbine rotor (100) and the sleeve bushing (180). Refer to
DISASSEMBLY.
(17) Do dimensional checks to the sleeve bushing (180). Refer to CHECK.
(18) If the sleeve bushing (180) is not in limits, replace it, assemble and install the
compressor rotor (40), seal plate (60), nozzle insulator (70), seal disc (75) and
nozzle plate and insulator (85), and do the runout and balance checks. Refer to
paragraphs 9. thru 13. C.
(19) If the sleeve bushing (180) is in limits, turn the turbine rotor (100) 180°, assemble
and install the compressor rotor (40), seal plate (60), nozzle insulator (70), seal disc
(75) and nozzle plate and insulator (85), and do the runout and balance checks.
Refer to paragraphs 9. thru 13. C.
(20) If the unbalance vector moves in relation to the movement of the turbine rotor (100),
replace the rotor, then do runout and balance checks. Refer to paragraphs 9. thru
13. C.
NOTE: You can balance the turbine rotor (100). Refer to REPAIR 8-2.
F. Balance the assembly as follows:
NOTE: Do not add balance weights to the fan-end at this time. Add these weights
during the fan-end shaft dynamic displacement test during TESTING.
(1) Balance the assembly to 600 micro ounce-inches in plane Y only, as follows.
(a) Add balance weights (15, IPL Figure 2) to the self-locking threaded ring (20).
Figure 716 and Figure 717 (from existing 21-51-53) show where, in relation to
the unbalance vector, to add the balance weights. You can use these Figures, or
you can make the selections from what you know was satisfactory on previous
units.
NOTE: Balance weights PN 772427-1 (15, IPL Figure 2) are the lightest
weights. They are made of Teflon. Balance weights PN 772427-2 (16)
are heavier. They are made of aluminum. Balance weights PN 772427-
3 (17) are the heaviest weights. They are made of steel.
Page 746
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Unbalance Vector Located on Centering of Holes in Rings (Heavy Side)
Page 747
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Unbalance Vector Located on Centering of Holes in Rings (Heavy Side)
Page 748
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(b) After you add the balance weights (15), do these steps:
1 Install the internal retaining ring (10) into the self-locking threaded ring (20) to
keep the balance weights (15) in position. Identify the radial position of the
internal retaining ring on the self-locking threaded ring. You can use a
marking pen, TT-I-544, to make the marks. If it is necessary to change the
balance weights again during this procedure make sure that the marks are
aligned when you install the internal retaining ring.
2 Make the balance speed 4400 to 4600 rpm.
3 Make a check to find if the assembly is balanced to 600 micro ounce-inches
in plane Y.
(2) Do steps (1) (a) and (b) again until the assembly is balanced to 600 micro ounce-
inches in plane Y.
G. Remove the balance fixture and the assembly from the balance machine. Remove the
assembly from the balance fixtures, GS15626-1.
Page 749
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
15. Pinning of Seal Plate

A. Install turbine housing and rotative group on turbine housing support fixture, GS15622-1,
fan end down.
B. Cover area around compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2) and outer edge of seal plate (60
or 60A) to nozzle plate and insulator (85 or 85A) with masking tape, as shown in Figure
718, to prevent metal chips from entering rotative group during drilling. Also, cover all
holes in seal plate (60 or 60A, IPL Figure 2) except pilot hole to be drilled.
C. Drill two 0.092 to 0.097 inch (2.337 to 2.463 mm) diameter holes to depth shown in
Figure 718, Section M-M, using two unused 0.059 to 0.067 inch (1.499 to 1.702 mm)
diameter pilot holes in seal plate (60 or 60A, IPL Figure 2). Drill holes on opposite sides
of seal plate, as shown in Figure 718, Section P-P. Six pilot holes are provided in a new
seal plate for drilling and pinning of the plate. Two new holes and two new spiral spring
pins (50, IPL Figure 2) must be used each time the plate is pinned.
NOTE: After all holes in seal plate (60 or 60A) have been enlarged once, they may be
enlarged one more time to a 0.107 to 0.120 inch (2.718 to 3.048 mm) diameter
to accommodate oversize spiral spring pins PN 69917-109M500C (refer to
NOTE 1 in IPL Figure 2). After all holes have been enlarged a second time, the
seal plate (60 or 60A), nozzle insulator (70 or 70A), and nozzle plate and
insulator (85 or 85A) must be replaced.
D. Blow away metal chips from assembly using compressed air.
E. Remove masking tape.
Page 750
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

LIMIT.
F. Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
G. Coat two new spiral spring pins (50) with epoxy polyamide primer.
H. Press spiral spring pins (50), while primer is wet, into drilled holes and bottom in holes,
using pin installer, GS15627-1.
I. Stake each hole in two places 180° apart. Ensure that stake marks are close enough to
each hole to deform top of hole to retain spiral spring pin (50).
J. Remove turbine housing and rotative group from turbine housing support fixture,
GS15622-1.
Page 751
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 718. Pinning of Seal Plate
Page 752
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
16. Shimming and Installation of Compressor Diffuser

A. Install turbine housing and rotative group on power arm fixture, GS22815-1, turbine end
up.
CAUTION: USE CARE WHEN INSTALLING COMPRESSOR DIFFUSER (115, IPL
FIGURE 1, SHEET 1) TO AVOID DAMAGING BLADES OF COMPRESSOR
ROTOR (30, IPL FIGURE 2).
B. Place compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) over compressor rotor (30, IPL
Figure 2) so that diffuser is resting on rotor. Align through holes in diffuser with holes in
seal plate (60 or 60A). Center diffuser with respect to compressor rotor.
NOTE: Use of two threaded studs, installed through two outer threaded holes
approximately 180° apart in seal plate (60 or 60A), are helpful for maintaining
alignment of compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), heat shield
(120), and solid shims (125) during installation of diffuser. Threaded studs
should be approximately 3 inches long and have 0.1640-32UNJC-3A threads
over approximately a 1/2-inch length.
C. Place a parallel bar across compressor diffuser (115), as shown in Figure 719.
D. Measure and record distance from top of parallel bar to center of end of drive shaft (240,
IPL Figure 2) using a depth micrometer, as shown in Figure 719.
E. Remove compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
F. Install a trial stack of solid shims (125) 0.110 inch thick on seal plate (60 or 60A, IPL
Figure 2). Align holes in shims with holes in plate.
G. Position heat shield (120, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) with curved inner lip facing downward.
Align holes in shield with holes in solid shims (125) and install shield on shims, as shown
in Figure 719.
H. Align through holes in compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) with holes in heat
shield (120). Install compressor diffuser (115) over compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2)
and against heat shield (120, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
I. Center compressor diffuser (115) with respect to compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2)
within 0.005 inch total by inserting shim stock in three equally spaced places between
rotor and ID of diffuser. Do not remove shim stock until indicated.
WARNING: USE GLOVES AND GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE MO-LITH NO. 2. USE IT IN
AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT CAN IRRITATE YOUR EYES,
SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
J. Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-lith No. 2, to threads and under heads of three
screws (105, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
K. Secure compressor diffuser (115), heat shield (120), and solid shims (125) to seal plate
(60 or 60A, IPL Figure 2) with three washers (110, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and three
screws (105). Install screws (105) in approximately equally spaced holes in diffuser
(115). Tighten screws to 10 to 15 pound-inches above running torque. Remove shim
stock from between compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2) and compressor diffuser (115,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
Page 753
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
L. Using a force gauge, apply a 15- to 20-pound load to short end of drive shaft (240, IPL
Figure 2) in direction H, as shown in Figure 719.
M. Repeat measurement per step D. Remove load.
N. Subtract dimension recorded in step D. from dimension recorded in step M. The
difference is the clearance between compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1)
and compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2), shown as dimension J, Figure 719, View K.
O. Remove parallel bar.
P. For ACMs not incorporating L13, clearance must be 0.011 to 0.013 inch. For ACMs
incorporating L13, clearance must be 0.017 to 0.019 inch. If clearance is within limits,
proceed to step Q. If clearance is not within limits, proceed as follows:
(1) Disassemble as required to access solid shims (125, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). Adjust
thickness of solid shims (125), as required, to provide applicable clearance.
Page 754
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 719. Shimming and Installation of Compressor Diffuser
Page 755
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(2) Reassemble and recenter compressor diffuser (115) with shim stock in accordance
with step I. Remove shim stock after securing diffuser with three screws (105).
(3) Reapply load to drive shaft (240, IPL Figure 2) and recheck clearance in accordance
with steps L. through P.
Q. Coat threads of remaining five screws (105, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) with thread lubricant
in accordance with step J.
R. Remove two threaded studs, if used.
S. Complete securing of compressor diffuser (115) with remaining five washers (110) and
five screws (105). Tighten screws to 10 to 15 pound-inches above running torque.
T. Remove turbine housing and rotative group from power arm fixture, GS22815-1.
17. Pinning of Compressor Diffuser
A. Install turbine housing and rotative group on turbine housing support fixture, GS15622-1,
turbine end up.
B. Insert shim stock in three equally spaced places between compressor rotor (30, IPL
Figure 2) and ID of compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) to keep diffuser
properly centered with rotor during pinning of diffuser. Do not remove shim stock until
indicated.
C. Cover area around compressor diffuser (115) to nozzle plate and insulator (85 or 85A,
IPL Figure 2) with masking tape, as shown in Figure 720, to prevent metal chips from
entering rotative group during drilling. Also, cover all holes in compressor diffuser (115,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) except pilot hole to be drilled.
D. Drill two 0.092 to 0.097 inch (2.337 to 2.463 mm) diameter holes to depth shown in
Figure 720, Section N-N, using two unused 0.059 to 0.067 inch (1.499 to 1.702 mm)
diameter pilot holes in compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). Drill holes on
opposite sides of compressor diffuser, as shown in Figure 720, Section P-P. Six pilot
holes are provided in a new diffuser for drilling and pinning of the diffuser. Two new holes
and two new spiral spring pins (55, IPL Figure 2) must be used each time the plate is
pinned.
NOTE: After all holes in compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) have been
enlarged once, they may be enlarged one more time to a 0.107 to 0.120 inch
(2.718 to 3.048 mm) diameter to accommodate oversize spiral spring pins PN
69917-109M625C (refer to NOTE 2 in IPL Figure 2). After all holes have been
enlarged a second time, the compressor diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1),
heat shield (120), solid shims (125), and seal plate (60 or 60A, IPL Figure 2)
must be replaced.
EXCEED 30 PSIG (207 KPAG). EYE PROTECTION REQUIRED.
E. Blow away metal chips from assembly using compressed air.
F. Remove masking tape.
Page 756
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

LIMIT.
G. Prepare the epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class CI or C2
Page 757
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 720. Pinning of Compressor Diffuser
Page 758
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

LIMIT.
H. Coat two new spiral spring pins (55) with epoxy polyamide (galvanic) MIL-PRF-23377,
Type I or II, Class CI or C2 primer, barium chromate MIL-PRF-85582, Type I or II, Class
C1 primer or strontium chromate, Class C2 primer.
I. Press spiral spring pins (55), while primer is wet, into drilled holes and bottom in holes,
using pin installer, GS15627-1.
J. Stake each hole in two places 180° apart. Ensure that stake marks are close enough to
each hole to deform top of hole to retain spiral spring pin (55).
K. Remove shim stock from between compressor rotor (30) and compressor diffuser (115,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1).
L. Recheck clearance between compressor rotor (30, IPL Figure 2) and compressor
diffuser (115, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) using feeler wires. Verify that clearance is within
applicable dimension J limits on Figure 719.
M. Remove assembly from turbine housing support fixture, GS15622-1. Install assembly on
power arm fixture, GS22815-1.
Page 759
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
18. Installation of Compressor Housing

A. Apply a light coat of Dow Corning No. 44 silicone lubricant to preformed packings (100,
IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and (45, IPL Figure 2).
B. Install preformed packing (100, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) in its groove on compressor
diffuser (115). Install preformed packing (45, IPL Figure 2) in its groove on seal plate (60
or 60A).
C. Install compressor housing (90, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), with outlet duct positioned with
respect to turbine inlet duct, as shown in Figure 721, on insulator of nozzle plate and
insulator (85 or 85A, IPL Figure 2).
SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT
D. Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-lith No. 2, to threads and under heads of ten
E. Secure compressor housing (90) with ten screws (85), ten washers (80), ten washers
(75), and ten nuts (70). Install nine screws (85) with heads facing out, as shown in Figure
721. Install remaining screw (85, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1), located under the compressor
outlet duct, in the opposite direction with nut (70) facing out, as shown. Install one
washer (80) under head of each screw (85). Install one washer (75) under each nut (70).
Tighten screws to 20 to 25 pound-inches above running torque.
F. If necessary, install plug and bleeder (60) as follows:
(1) Apply a light coat of Dow Corning No. 44 silicone lubricant to preformed packing
(65). Install packing on plug and bleeder (60).
(2) Install plug and bleeder (60) in compressor housing (90). Tighten plug and bleeder
to 15 to 25 pound-inches. Secure plug and bleeder to adjacent hole in compressor
housing using lockwire, MS20995C20, in accordance with AS567.
G. Remove assembly from power arm fixture, GS22815-1.
Page 760
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 721. Installation of Compressor Housing, Containment Housing, Outlet

Cover, and Turbine Outlet Duct
Page 761
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
19. Installation of Containment Housing

A. If necessary, assemble containment housing (145, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) as follows:
(1) Apply a thin film of glycerin to preformed packing (25, IPL Figure 3). Install packing
(25) in its groove in housing (55).
(2) Align holes in flanges of containment ring (20) and liner (15) with threaded holes and
three headless straight pins (50) in housing (55). Install containment ring (20) and
liner (15) in housing (55).
(3) Apply a light coat of molybdenum disulfide-petrolatum anti-seize thread compound,
MIL-T-83483, to threads and under heads of three screws (5).
(4) Secure containment ring (20) and liner (15) in housing (55) with three washers (10)
and three screws (5). Install screws in holes closest to headless straight pins (50).
B. Place containment housing (145, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) on turbine housing support
fixture, GS15622-1, fan inlet screen side down.
C. Install assembly on containment housing (145) so that the two flat areas on the housing
are located as shown in Figure 721.
WARNING: USE GLOVES AND GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE MOLITH NO. 2. USE IT IN
D. Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-lith No. 2, to threads and under heads of nine
E. Secure containment housing (145) with nine washers (140) and nine screws (135).
20. Installation of Outlet Cover
EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT
A. Clean surface of turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), where adhesive-backed
outlet gasket (35, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and outlet cover (30) will be installed, as shown
in Figure 721, with isopropyl alcohol. Allow surface to air dry.
B. Remove protective backing from outlet gasket (35, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). Install gasket
(35) on turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with adhesive side against housing.
Press gasket in place.
C. Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-lith No. 2, to threads and under heads of six
Page 762
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
D. Install outlet cover (30) on outlet gasket (35).

E. Secure outlet cover (30) with six washers (25) and six screws (20). Tighten screws to 8
to 12 pound-inches above running torque.
NOTE: Do not install turbine outlet duct (50) and fan outlet diffuser (15) until after
testing of the ACM.
21. Installation of Warning Plate and Identification Plate
A. If necessary, install new warning plate (195, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) and secure with four
drive screws (190).
B. If necessary, install a new identification plate (185) as follows:
(1) Put the necessary information on a new identification plate (185). You can use a
typewriter, without the ribbon, or other tool to put the information on the plate.
WARNING: KEEP ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL AWAY FROM SPARKS OR FLAMES. USE
GOGGLES AND RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU USE IT. USE IT IN AN
AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN
CAUSE IRRITATION TO YOUR EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY
TRACT.
(2) Clean the surface of the turbine housing for the identification plate (185) with
isopropyl alcohol.
(3) Remove the protective backing from the identification plate (185) and push the plate
on to the surface of the turbine housing. Use a hard rubber roller to push all of the
areas of the plate against the housing. Make sure that the corners and edges are
bonded.
(4) Prepare the clear epoxy-polyamide coating, MIL-C-22750. Refer to MIL-C-22751.
Seal the identification plate (185) and the area that is 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) around
it with the coating. Apply a minimum of two layers. Let each layer dry for a minimum
of 30 minutes before you apply the next layer. After you apply the last layer, let it dry
for a minimum of 12 hours before you touch it.
22. Testing
A. Test the ACM in accordance with TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION.
B. After testing, proceed to paragraph 22 for completion of assembly.
23. Completion of Assembly After Testing
A. Install fan outlet diffuser (15, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) as follows:
(1) Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-lith No. 2, to threads and under heads of six
screws (5).
(2) Align six screw through holes and three screw clearance holes in mounting flange of
fan outlet diffuser (15) with threaded holes and heads of three screws in containment
housing (145). Install diffuser on containment housing.
Page 763
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(3) Secure fan outlet diffuser (15) with six washers (10) and six screws (5). Tighten
screws to 20 to 25 pound-inches above running torque.
B. Install turbine outlet duct (50) as follows:
EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT..
(1) Clean surface of turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), where adhesive-
backed outlet gasket (55, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1) and turbine outlet duct (50) will be
installed, as shown in Figure 721, with isopropyl alcohol. Allow surface to air dry.
(2) Remove protective backing from outlet gasket (55, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 1). Install
gasket (55) on turbine housing (335, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2) with adhesive side
against housing. Press gasket in place.
WARNING: USE GLOVES AND GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE MO-LITH NO. 2. USE IT
IN AN AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. IT CAN IRRITATE YOUR
EYES, SKIN, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT
(3) Apply a light coat of thread lubricant, Mo-lith No. 2, to threads and under heads of six
(4) Install turbine outlet duct (50) on outlet gasket (55).
(5) Secure turbine outlet duct (50) with six washers (45) and six screws (40). Tighten
screws to 8 to 12 pound-inches above running torque.
C. Secure plugs and bleeders (220, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), liquid level sight plug (230A),
and plug and bleeder (221), if applicable, as shown in Figure 714, with lockwire,
MS20995C20, in accordance with AS567.
D. Attach either warning tag (175, IPL Figure 1, Sheet 2), or a suitable locally manufactured
tag, between indicated plugs and bleeders, as shown in Figure 714, Section C-C, with
lockwire, MS20995C20, in accordance with AS567. When locally manufacturing a tag,
mark it with the following statement:
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RUN UNIT BEFORE FILLING OIL SUMP WITH OIL
PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
24. Storage
A. Drain oil from sump.
B. Cap all ports using closure kit, GS20671-1.
C. Install ACM on a suitable support tray with oil sump facing down. Do not enclose unit in a
plastic bag.
Page 764
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
FITS AND CLEARANCES

1. Fits and Clearances
A. Refer to Table 801 for assembly fits and clearances.
Table 801. Fits and Clearances
Item and IPL Figure Number Nomenclature Requirement
115 - Figure 1, Sheet 1 Compressor Diffuser Center to compressor rotor

(30, IPL Figure 2) within 0.005
inch total.
125 - Figure 1, Sheet 1 Solid Shim Set compressor rotor
clearance of 0.011 to 0.013
inch for ACMs not
incorporating L13, or 0.017 to
0.019 inch for ACMs
incorporating L13. See Figure
714.
110 - Figure 2 Shim Shim to fill gap between fan
end face seal (125, IPL Figure
2) and internal retaining ring
(105). See Figure 704.
130 - Figure 2 Shim Shim fan end face seal (125,
IPL Figure 2) to obtain 0.405 to
0.415 inch dimension from top
of seal to top of seal ring (150).
See Figure 704.
165 - Figure 2 Shim Shim to fill gap between
turbine end face seal (205, IPL
Figure 2) and internal retaining
ring (160). See Figure 703.
180 - Figure 2 Aluminum Sleeve Bushing Set turbine rotor clearance of
0.009 to 0.011 inch for ACMs
not incorporating L13, or 0.013
to 0.015 inch for ACMs
incorporating L13. See Figure
705.
210 - Figure 2 Shim Shim turbine end face seal
(205, IPL Figure 2) to obtain
0.405 to 0.415 inch dimension
from top of seal to top of seal
ring (230). See Figure 703.
Page 801
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 801. Fits and Clearances (Continued)
Item and IPL Figure Number Nomenclature Requirement
255 - Figure 2 Shim Set end play of drive shaft

(240, IPL Figure 2), with
respect to bearing cartridge
sleeve (275), to 0.003 to 0.005
inch. See Figure 702.
275 - Figure 2 Bearing Cartridge Sleeve Total axial travel in turbine
housing (335, IPL Figure 1,
Sheet 2) 0.005 inch maximum.
See Figure 701.
2. Torque Requirements
A. Refer to Table 802 for assembly torque requirements.
Table 802. Torque Requirements
Item and IPL Figure Number Nomenclature Torque Requirement
5 - Figure 1, Sheet 1 Screw 20 to 25 pound-inches above

running torque.
running torque.
running torque.
60 - Figure 1, Sheet 1 Plug and Bleeder 15 to 25 pound-inches.
running torque.
running torque.
135 - Figure 1, Sheet 1 Screw 20 to 25 pound0inches above
running torque.
160 - Figure 1, Sheet 1 Threaded Self Locking Ring 285 to 300 pound-inches
above running torque. Running
torque must be 30 to 120
pound-inches.
230A - Figure 1, Sheet 2 Liquid Level Sight Plug 15 to 25 pound-inches.
Page 802
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Table 802. Torque Requirements (Continued)
Item and IPL Figure Number Nomenclature Torque Requirement

running torque.
310 or 311 - Figure 1, Sheet 2 Screw 10 to 15 pound-inches above
running torque.
20 - Figure 2 Threaded Self Locking Ring 330 to 350 pound-inches
above running torque. Running
torque must be 30 to 120
pound-inches.
5 - Figure 3 Screw 25 to 30 pound-inches above
running torque.
Page 803
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 804
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND TEST EQUIPMENT

1. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment
A. Special tools, fixtures, and equipment required to overhaul the ACM are listed in Table
901.
Web.
CAB 570 or CAB 690-R Balance Machine Check biplanar balance or

Schenck Trebel Corp. rebalance cooling fan,
compressor rotor, or turbine
CAGE Code: 30218 rotor, and dynamic balance the
rotative group.
rotor, or turbine rotor on
balance machine, CAB 570 or
CAB 690-R, during balance
check or balancing.
GS15609-1 Carbon Seal Puller Remove face seals from
GS15610-1 Bearing Sleeve Support Support bearing cartridge
sleeve during removal of
turbine end ball bearing, and
support fan end ball bearing
during removal from drive
shaft.
fixture, GS14773-1.
GS15614-1 Seal and Spring Seat Installer Install face seals in bearing
Driver cartridge sleeve. Remove and
install spring seat in sleeve.
disassembly and build-up.
Model 301.
Page 901
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
GS15616-1 Dummy Bearing Used in place of turbine end

ball bearing during shimming
of bearing cartridge sleeve.
GS15617-1 End Play Spacers Used in place of components
GS15617-2 on short and long ends of drive
shaft during shimming of
GS15618-1 Check Nut (3 Required) Hold drive shaft during
removal of turbine end
threaded self locking ring.
Used in place of locking rings
during build-up of bearing
cartridge sleeve.
GS15619-1 Bearing Shaft Support Hold drive shaft during
installation of ball bearings.
GS15620-1 Bearing Driver Install ball bearings on drive
shaft.
GS15622-1 Turbine Housing Support Hold ACM during removal of
Fixture containment housing and
during pinning and shimming
procedures.
GS15623-1 Compressor Rotor Spacer Simulates compressor rotor
during build-up of rotative
group.
GS15626-1 Balance Fixture Kit Hold turbine housing and
rotative group on balance
690-R, during dynamic
balance.
GS15627-1 Pin Installer Install spiral spring pins for
pinning of seal plate and
GS21429-3 Test Diffuser (with speed Monitor the ACM speed and
pickup and displacement fan-end shaft displacement.
probe)
GS15632-2 Turbine Outlet Port Cap Cap outlet port of turbine
housing for leakage test.
GS15633-2 Turbine Inlet Port Cap Cap inlet port of turbine
Page 902
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
GS15800-1 Balancing Accessories Kit Controls air flow to dive

cooling fan, compressor rotor,
or turbine rotor during balance
check or balancing, and to
drive rotative group during
dynamic balance. Includes
wheel grinder for balance
stock removal and blow gun
for cleaning during individual
balance of cooling fan or
rotors.
Assembly compressor rotor, or turbine
rotor during balance check or
balancing, and to rotative
group during dynamic balance.
GS20137-1 Pressure Test Cap Assembly Cap outlet port of compressor
GS20138-1 Pressure Test Cap Assembly Cap inlet port of compressor
replacement of lead seal.
GS20671-1 Closure Kit Cap all ports on ACM after
testing or for storage.
GS21268-1 Compressor Out-Turbine In Connect from outlet duct of
Testing Duct compressor housing to inlet
duct of turbine housing.
GS24306-1 Outlet Duct Assembly Connect from test diffuser,
GS21429-3, to fan discharge
stack of test facility. Assembly
incorporates a restricting
orifice required for
performance testing.
GS22194-1 Turbine Outlet Adapter Connect to outlet port of
turbine housing. Adapter
incorporates a valve to set
turbine outlet static pressure.
GS22333-2 Spanner Wrench (2 Required) Remove and install fan and
turbine end threaded self
locking rings.
Page 903
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
GS22529-1 Compressor Housing Extractor Remove compressor housing.

(2 Required)
GS22802-1 Compressor Inlet Adapter Connect to inlet duct of
compressor housing.
GS22815-1 Power Arm Fixture Hold turbine housing and
rotative group during
disassembly and build-up.
Model 301.
GS22826-1 Holding Fixture Hold compressor diffuser in a
lathe during machining to
remove damage prior to
plasma spray repair.
GS22827-1 Holding Fixture Hold turbine housing in a lathe
during machining to remove
damage prior to plasma spray
repair.
GS22828-1 Lead Seal Rolling Tool Roll new lead seal into seal
plate or nozzle plate and
insulator.
792790-T-11 Pin Alignment Tool Align hole for stepped pin in
bearing cartridge sleeve with
pinhole in turbine housing prior
to installing pin.
782790-T-14 Cartridge Installer Push the cartridge into the
turbine housing. This tool is
necessary only for
PN 782790-16 units.
Model HDX-SET-FSP-T-OST, Handle and Probe Set, Check surface temperature of
Mode HH99A-T1 Digital Thermometer rotors to prevent overheating
Omega Engineering Inc. during removal.
CAGE Code: 29907

Model VT-750B Heat Gun Heat rotors for removal.
Master Appliance Corp.
CAGE Code: 83284

Model 260 Groove Micrometer Used to measure grooves in
The L S Starrett Co. bearing cartridge sleeve during
shimming of face seals.
CAGE Code: 57163
Page 904
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790

GS15615-1 and GS22815-1.
CAGE Code: 66080
Sleeve FS3-600 Coupling V I J Corporation Connect outlet duct assembly,
42167AF-600 GS24306-1, to test diffuser,
CAGE Code: 94581 GS21429-3.
2271A Accelerometer Measure ACM vibration levels.
Endevco Corp.
CAGE Code: 95411

2983B Insulated Mounting Stud Mount accelerometer on top of
Endevco Corp. turbine housing.
CAGE Code: 95411
Page 905
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 906
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

1. Introduction
A. General
(1) Purpose - The Illustrated Parts List (IPL) shows the detail parts for each item on the
Title Page. The IPL includes all of the parts that can be disassembled, repaired or
replaced, and assembled again.
(2) Organization - The IPL is divided into:
(a) The Introduction, which tells how to use the IPL and includes the Vendor
Decoding Table.
(b) The Equipment Designator Index (if necessary), which shows all of the electrical
components in the sequence of their reference designators.
(c) The Numerical Index, which shows all of the parts in the sequence of their part
numbers.
(d) The Detailed Parts List, which shows all of the parts in their approximate
disassembly sequence with illustrations.
(e) The Configuration Change Summary, which shows the sequence and causes for
the changes in the IPL.
(3) Abbreviations and Acronyms - These abbreviations are used in Hamilton
Sundstrand’s parts lists.
AR - As Required (necessary)
Be - Beryllium
CAGE - Commercial And Government Entity
ESDS - Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive
HS - Hamilton Sundstrand Specification/Source Control Drawing
NHA - Next Higher Assembly
NP - Non-Procurable
RF - Reference
(4) The part numbers identified in this Illustrated Parts Catalog / Illustrated Parts List
have been shown to comply with the applicable Federal Aviation Regulations and,
when purchased from Hamilton Sundstrand, are FAA-approved under a Hamilton
Sundstrand FAA Production Certificate (PC), Technical Standard Order (TSO), or
Parts Manufacture Approval (PMA) for use in the component listed.
(5) This IPC (or IPL) does not constitute a grant of direct-ship authority, or otherwise
confer FAA-approval under FAR 21.303 for parts and assemblies purchased directly
from a listed vendor. Installation eligibility of all parts and assemblies purchased
directly from a listed vendor must be supported by the vendor’s Parts Manufacture
Approval (PMA).
Page 1001
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(6) Warnings and Cautions

(a) Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) Parts - ESDS parts and assemblies
have the letters “ESDS” in the NOMENCLATURE column. They are identified in
figures by the ESDS symbol. If an assembly is ESDS, all of its parts are ESDS.
CAUTION: ALL CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLIES ARE ESDS. DO NOT REMOVE

THEM FROM THEIR CONTAINERS UNTIL IMMEDIATELY BEFORE
THEY ARE INSTALLED. OBEY THE ESDS PROCEDURES IN THE
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT KEEP ESDS PARTS
NEAR ELECTROSTATIC, ELECTROMAGNETIC, MAGNETIC, OR
RADIOACTIVE FIELDS. ESDS PARTS CAN BE DAMAGED IF NOT
PROTECTED.
(b) Some parts contain beryllium or beryllium oxide. These parts have the letters
“Be” in the NOMENCLATURE column of the Detailed Parts List.
WARNING: USE GOGGLES, RUBBER GLOVES, AND A PARTICLE MASK WHEN
YOU CUT, DRILL, SAW, FILE, OR MACHINE ANY COMPONENTS
THAT CONTAIN BERYLLIUM OR BERYLLIUM OXIDE. WORK IN AN
AREA WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR. BERYLLIUM OXIDE IS
POISONOUS TO THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
B. How to Use the IPL
(1) Assembly Sequence Indentation - The names of the parts in the
“NOMENCLATURE” column of the IPL are indented to show which parts are
installed in other parts. The level of indentation is shown by the number of dots at the
left edge of the NOMENCLATURE column. For example, the top assembly for a
parts list figure is at the left margin. The names of its parts and subassemblies are
indented by one dot. Subsequent subassemblies and parts are indented with more
dots.
Top Assembly
.Detail Parts of the Top Assembly
.Subassembly of the Top Assembly
.Attaching Parts for the Subassembly
..Detail Parts of the Subassembly
..Subassemblies of the Subassembly
(2) Part Numbers - Five types of numbers are used in the PART NUMBER column of
the Detailed Parts List. They are:
(a) Hamilton Sundstrand Part Numbers - If a part is only available from Hamilton
Sundstrand, the Hamilton Sundstrand Part number is shown in the PART
NUMBER column.
Page 1002
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(b) Vendor Part Numbers - If a part is not changed by Hamilton Sundstrand, the
vendor’s part number is shown in the PART NUMBER column. The vendor’s
code is shown in the NOMENCLATURE column after the letter “V”. The
equivalent Hamilton Sundstrand part number is shown in the NOMENCLATURE
column after the letters “HS”.
(c) Industrial Standard and Military Numbers - If a part has an industrial standard
number or military standard number, that number is shown in the PART
NUMBER column.
(d) RFN Numbers - “RFN” numbers refer to groups of parts which are thought of as
an assembly. This is done to make the parts list easier to use. You cannot
procure parts by their “RFN” numbers.
(e) RFL Numbers - Some vendor parts have “RFL” numbers in the PART NUMBER
column. “RFL” numbers are used when the correct vendor part number is too
long to fit in the PART NUMBER column. The correct vendor part number is in
the NOMENCLATURE column after the words “IDENT. AS”. You cannot procure
parts by their “RFL” numbers.
(3) Item Numbers and Variant Letters
(a) Each part has an item number in the FIG&ITEM column. Item numbers are in the
approximate sequence of disassembly.
(b) A variant letter is a letter after the item number for a part number. Letters A
through Z, but not I and O, are used. Variant letters are used for:
• Optional parts
• Added parts for different configurations
• Vendor changes
• Editorial changes.
(4) Parts Replacement Data - These words, in the NOMENCLATURE column, tell if one
part replaces another.
Words Definition
OPTIONAL This part is an optional alternative to other parts in the
same item number variant group.
SUPSD BY ITEM N The part with item number N replaces (supersedes)
this part
SUPSDS ITEM N This part replaces (supersedes) the part with item
number N.
PRE SB XXXX Use this part if Service Bulletin XXXX was not done.
POST SB XXXX Use this part if Service Bulletin XXXX was done.
NOTE: If an existing part is checked, inspected and/
or modified by a Service Bulletin, without
resulting in a change to the part number, a
note will appear in the nomenclature of that
part to "(REFER TO SB XX)".
Page 1003
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
(5) “PARTIAL BREAKDOWN FOLLOWS” - These words, in the NOMENCLATURE

column, tell that two or more detail parts of the subassembly are not listed.
(6) “SERVICE USE” - These words, in the NOMENCLATURE column, tell that the part
was not used in the original equipment but can be used for in-service units.
(7) “SERVICE EVALUATION PART” - These words, in the NOMENCLATURE column,
tell that the part is being used on a limited population of units and is not being
supplied for the general population of units.
(8) Items Not Shown - Some parts are not shown in the illustrations. These parts have a
dash (-) in front of their item numbers in the FIG&ITEM column.
(9) Change Codes
(a) Numbers in the CHG CODE column show the sequence in which changes were
made. The Configuration Change Summary, at the end of the IPL, tells about
each change code number used.
(b) If an asterisk follows a change code, all of the parts that have that change code
must be replaced at the same time.
(c) The Configuration Change Summary tells about the change codes. It identifies
each change by its change code number, and tells you:
• Which assemblies changed
• About the change
• Which engineering change caused the change, and which Service Bulletin
has the change procedures.
(10) Effectivity Codes - If there is more than one top assembly in a parts list figure, each
top assembly can have an effectivity code in the EFF CODE column. Effectivity
codes are letters A through Z, but not I and O. A part shown with an effectivity code
is only used in the top assembly that has the same effectivity code. Parts which do
not have effectivity codes are used in all of the top assemblies in the parts list figure.
Note that each parts list figure can have a set of effectivity codes.
(11) Units per Assembly - The UPA column tells you the total number of each part that is
installed in the next higher assembly.
(12) All solid shim thicknesses are given in inches. An example is (0.010 THK) which
represents a 0.010 inch thick solid shim. Metric equivalents are also given in
millimeters (mm). Metric equivalents are given in [ ] throughout the IPL.
Page 1004
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
C. Vendors
Web.
V00287 Spirol International Corporation V80756 Spirolox

30 Rock Avenue Division of Kaydon Corporation
P.O. Box 179 29 Cassens Court
Danielson, CT 06239-0179 Fenton, MO 63026-2542
V01556 Emhart Fastening Systems Group V83086 New Hampshire
Heli-Coil Division Ball Bearings Inc.
510 River Road Route 202
Shelton, CT 06484 Peterborough, NH 03458
V70854 The Barden Corporation V97484 Vickers Inc.
Precision Bearings Division Tedeco Division
200 Park Avenue 24 East Glenolden Avenue
Danbury, CT 06810-7505 Glenolden, PA 19036-2107
Page 1005
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1006
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
2. Numerical Index
_______________________________________________________________________________
Airline Total Airline Total
Part Number Part Number Fig - Item Req. Part Number Part Number Fig - Item Req.
_______________________________________________________________________________
094-0500MCP 2 - 50 2 732110-83 2 - 167 AR
094-0625MCP 2 - 55 2 2 - 212 AR
1191-10CNX0312 1 - 350 1 2 - 257 AR
1191-6CN0-375 1 - 255 1 732110-84 2 - 113 AR
1 - 354 1 2 - 133 AR
1 - 355 2 2 - 168 AR
1191-8CN0-375 1 - 95 1 2 - 213 AR
540628 1 - 205 1 2 - 258 AR
1 - 206 1 732110-85 2 - 114 AR
570057-6 2 - 245 2 2 - 134 AR
570057-8 2 - 245A 2 2 - 169 AR
5-83BZ 1 - 230 1 2 - 214 AR
69253B4 1 - 185A 1 2 - 259 AR
69255A4 1 - 185 1 732110-86 2 - 115 AR
69295-4-8 1 - 250 1 2 - 135 AR
69415-0-3 1 - 190A 4 2 - 170 AR
69415-8-6 1 - 180A 4 2 - 215 AR
69494J111 1 - 65 1 2 - 260 AR
69494J139 1 - 100 1 732110-87 2 - 116 AR
69494J154 3 - 25 1 2 - 136 AR
69494J262 2 - 45 1 2 - 171 AR
2 - 80 1 2 - 216 AR
69494K11 1 - 215 2 2 - 261 AR
1 - 216 1 732110-88 2 - 117 AR
69494K113 1 - 225 1 2 - 137 AR
69494K129 1 - 330 2 2 - 172 AR
69494K151 1 - 265 1 2 - 217 AR
69494K29 2 - 5 2 2 - 262 AR
69692A63 1 - 270 2 732110-89 2 - 118 AR
727455-11 1 - 295 2 2 - 138 AR
727463-11 1 - 285 2 2 - 173 AR
730449-11 1 - 300 2 2 - 218 AR
732021-7 1 - 165 1 2 - 263 AR
2 - 25 1 732110-90 2 - 119 AR
732110-81 2 - 110 AR 2 - 139 AR
2 - 130 AR 2 - 174 AR
2 - 165 AR 2 - 219 AR
2 - 210 AR 2 - 264 AR
2 - 255 AR 732110-91 2 - 120 AR
732110-82 2 - 111 AR 2 - 140 AR
2 - 131 AR 2 - 175 AR
2 - 166 AR 2 - 220 AR
2 - 211 AR 2 - 265 AR
2 - 256 AR 732144-2 3 - 50 3
732110-83 2 - 112 AR 732160-1 2 - 180 AR
2 - 132 AR 732160-10 2 - 189 AR
Page 1007
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
732160-11 2 - 190 AR 753453-10 3 - 55 1
732160-12 2 - 191 AR 753453-20 3 - 20 1
732160-13 2 - 192 AR 753453-30 3 - 15 1
732160-14 2 - 193 AR 753453-40 3 - 45 1
732160-15 2 - 194 AR 753602-1 2 - 125 1
732160-16 2 - 195 AR 2 - 205 1
732160-17 2 - 196 AR 753602-2 2 - 125A 1
732160-18 2 - 197 AR 2 - 205A 1
732160-19 2 - 198 AR 758073-100 1 - 335 1
732160-2 2 - 181 AR 758073-104 1 - 335A 1
732160-20 2 - 199 AR 758073-105 1 - 335B 1
732160-21 2 - 200 AR 758073-107 1 - 335C 1
732160-22 2 - 201 AR 758073-109 1 - 335D 1
732160-25 2 - 202 AR 758073-111 1 - 335E 1
732160-3 2 - 182 AR 758073-19 1 - 360 1
732160-4 2 - 183 AR 758073-23 1 - 360A 1
732160-5 2 - 184 AR 758073-24 1 - 360B 1
732160-6 2 - 185 AR 758073-26 1 - 360C 1
732160-7 2 - 186 AR 758073-28 1 - 360D 1
732160-8 2 - 187 AR 758073-30 1 - 360E 1
732160-9 2 - 188 AR 762049-1 1 - 170 1
738612-3 1 - 240 1 772427-1 1 - 155 AR
740707-1 1 - 290 2 2 - 15 AR
740707-3 1 - 290A 2 772427-2 1 - 156 AR
748933-2 1 - 305 1 2 - 16 AR
753385-2 2 - 240 1 772427-3 1 - 157 AR
753385-3 2 - 240A 1 2 - 17 AR
753387-1 2 - 275 1 782058-1 1 - 115 1
753387-2 2 - 275A 1 782078-1 1 - 90 1
753387-3 2 - 275B 1 782078-3 1 - 90A 1
753387-5 2 - 275C 1 782080-1 2 - 75 1
753388-1 2 - 250 2 782101-1 2 - 30 1
753388-2 2 - 250A 2 782101-10 2 - 40 1
753389-3 2 - 270 1 782101-11 2 - 40A 1
753389-4 2 - 270A 1 782101-2 2 - 30A 1
753391-1 2 - 150 1 782101-20 2 - 35 2
2 - 230 1 782122-1 1 - 120 1
753392-1 1 - 320 1 782147-1 1 - 160 1
753393-1 1 - 280 1 2 - 20 1
753398-2 1 - 195 1 782148-1 1 - 50 1
753398-4 1 - 195A 1 782166-1 1 - 245 1
753399-1 1 - 175 1 782166-10 1 - 260 1
753438-1 1 - 30 1 782195-1 1 - 125 AR
753443-2 1 - 35 1 782195-2 1 - 126 AR
1 - 55 1 782195-3 1 - 127 AR
753452-3 1 - 15 1 782195-4 1 - 128 AR
753453-1 1 - 145 1 782195-5 1 - 129 AR
3 - 1 RF 782195-6 1 - 130 AR
Page 1008
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
782195-7 1 - 131 AR MS21209C0810 1 - 345 15
782790-10 1 - 1A RF MS21209C0815 1 - 346 11
782790-12 1 - 1B RF 2 - 65 8
782790-16 1 - 1C RF MS21209F1-10 3 - 30 18
782790-18 1 - 1D RF MS21209F1-15 1 - 340 18
782790-6 1 - 1 RF MS21318-8 1 - 180 4
785733-2 2 - 100 1 1 - 190 4
785733-3 2 - 100A 1 MS9245-28 1 - 200 1
785733-4 2 - 100D 1 1 - 201 1
785733-5 2 - 100B 1 NAS1201B6A6A 1 - 210 1
2 - 100E 1 1 - 211 1
785733-6 2 - 100C 1 NAS1802-08-16 1 - 105A 8
785796-1 2 - 85 1 1 - 310A 15
785796-2 2 - 85A 1 1 - 311A 11
785796-20 2 - 95 1 NAS1802-3-10 1 - 20A 6
785796-30 2 - 90 1 1 - 40A 6
785812-1 2 - 60 1 NAS1802-3-12 1 - 5A 6
785812-20 2 - 62 1 NAS1802-3-18 1 - 85C 10
785813-1 2 - 70 1 NAS1802-3-9 1 - 135A 9
788066-1 1 - 305A 1 NAS5903-10 1 - 20 6
788077-1 2 - 70A 1 1 - 40 6
788078-1 2 - 60A 1 NAS5903-12 1 - 5 6
788078-20 2 - 62A 1 3 - 5 3
797619-1 1 - 90B 1 NAS5903-14 1 - 85 10
808519-3 1 - 300A 2 NAS5903-16 1 - 85A 10
816661-1 2 - 5B 1 NAS5903-18 1 - 85B 10
816662-1 2 - 6 1 NAS5903-9 1 - 135 9
816663-1 1 - 332B 1 NAS6002-16 1 - 105 8
821246-1 2 - 60B 1 1 - 310 15
821246-11 2 - 63 1 1 - 311 11
821246-21 2 - 62B 1 NAS6003U12 3 - 5A 3
821246-31 2 - 64 1 NAS620-10L 1 - 10 6
AN814-3DL 1 - 220 2 1 - 25 6
1 - 221 1 1 - 45 6
AN814-5DL 1 - 60 1 1 - 75 10
AN960PD10 1 - 275 2 1 - 80 10
M202HX67 2 - 155 1 1 - 140 9
2 - 235 1 3 - 10 3
M202HX67REVC 2 - 155B 1 NAS620C10L 1 - 10A 6
2 - 235B 1 1 - 25A 6
M83485-1-029 2 - 5A 2 1 - 45A 6
M83485-1-129 1 - 330A 2 1 - 75A 10
MS2042AD3-4A 2 - 66 1 - 80A 10
MS20426AD3-4A-5 2 - 66A 4 1 - 140A 9
MS20470AD4-12 3 - 35 3 3 - 10A 3
MS20470AD4-9 3 - 40 4 NAS620C8L 1 - 110 8
MS21042-3 1 - 70 10 1 - 315 15
MS21043-3 1 - 70A 10 1 - 316 11
Page 1009
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
R202B39C3 2 - 155A 1 2 - 1B RF
2 - 235A 1 RR137S 2 - 105 1
RFL1518 2 - 155C 1 2 - 145 1
2 - 235C 1 2 - 160 1
RFN2115 1 - 325 1 2 - 225 1
2 - 1 RF RR325S 1 - 235 1
RFN3738 1 - 325A 1 RR87S 1 - 150 1
2 - 1A RF 2 - 10 1
RFN4426 1 - 325C 1 S788107-1 1 - 356 1
2 - 1C RF S83BZ 1 - 230A 1
RFN5970 1 - 325D 1 S83BZ1 1 - 230B 1
2 - 1D 1 S83BZ-2 1 - 230C 1
RFN6035 1 - 325B 1
Page 1010
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
3. Detailed Parts List

NOTE: The items in this list are made/or supplied by Hamilton Sundstrand Corporation, a
United Technologies Company, or by the suppliers shown in this list. Hamilton
Sundstrand does not give approval for items that you get from suppliers who are not
shown in this list. Approval from Hamilton Sundstrand is not necessary for
government and industry standard parts.
Page 1011
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
IPL Figure 1. Air Cycle Machine (Sheet 1)
Page 1012
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1013
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Figure 1. Air Cycle Machine (Sheet 2)
Page 1014
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

Fig & Item Part Number Part Number 1234567Nomenclature Code Code UPA
1 - 1 782790-6 MACHINE,AIR CYCLE A RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1A
PRE SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 1D
- 1A 782790-10 MACHINE,AIR CYCLE 8* B RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
PRE SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 1D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 1B 782790-12 MACHINE,AIR CYCLE 12* C RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1A
POST SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 1C
PRE SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 1D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 1C 782790-16 MACHINE,AIR CYCLE 14* D RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1B
POST SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 1D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 1D 782790-18 MACHINE,AIR CYCLE 16* E RF
SUPSDS ITEMS 1, 1A, 1B, 1C
POST SB 21-2179
5 NAS5903-12 .SCREW 6
SUPSD BY ITEM 5A
- 5A NAS1802-3-12 .SCREW 17* 6
SUPSDS ITEM 5
10 NAS620-10L .WASHER 6
SUPSD BY ITEM 10A
- 10A NAS620C10L .WASHER 17* 6
SUPSDS ITEM 10
15 753452-3 .DIFFUSER,FAN OUTLET 1
20 NAS5903-10 .SCREW 6
SUPSD BY ITEM 20A
- 20A NAS1802-3-10 .SCREW 17* 6
SUPSDS ITEM 20
SUPSD BY ITEM 25A
SUPSDS ITEM 25
30 753438-1 .COVER,OUTLET 1
35 753443-2 .GASKET,OUTLET 1
40 NAS5903-10 .SCREW 6
SUPSD BY ITEM 40A
- 40A NAS1802-3-10 .SCREW 17* 6
SUPSDS ITEM 40
Page 1015
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

1 45 NAS620-10L .WASHER 6
SUPSD BY ITEM 45A
SUPSDS ITEM 45
50 782148-1 .DUCT,TURBINE OUTLET 1
55 753443-2 .GASKET,OUTLET 1
60 AN814-5DL .PLUG AND BLEEDER 1
65 69494J111 .PACKING,PREFORMED 1
70 MS21042-3 .NUT 10
SUPSD BY ITEM 70A
- 70A MS21043-3 .NUT 17* 10
SUPSDS ITEM 70
SUPSD BY ITEM 75A
- 75A NAS620C10L .WASHER 17* 10
SUPSDS ITEM 75
SUPSD BY ITEM 80A
- 80A NAS620C10L .WASHER 17* 10
SUPSDS ITEM 80
85 NAS5903-14 .SCREW 10
SUPSD BY ITEM 85A
SUPSD BY ITEM 85C
- 85A NAS5903-16 .SCREW 5* A 10
SUPSDS ITEM 85
SUPSD BY ITEM 85B
- 85B NAS5903-18 .SCREW 6 10
SUPSDS ITEM 85A
SUPSD BY ITEM 85C
- 85C NAS1802-3-18 .SCREW 17* 10
SUPSDS ITEMS 85 AND 85B
90 782078-1 .HOUSING,COMPRESSOR A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 90A
- 90A 782078-3 .HOUSING,COMPRESSOR 2 A 1
SUPSDS ITEM 90
SUPSD BY ITEM 90B
- 90B 797619-1 .HOUSING,COMPRESSOR 5* 1
SUPSDS ITEM 90A
PARTIAL BREAKDOWN FOLLOWS
95 1191-8CN0-375 ..INSERT,SCREW THREAD 1
V01556, HS69473-3
100 69494J139 .PACKING 1
105 NAS6002-16 .SCREW 8
SUPSD BY ITEM 105A
- 105A NAS1802-08-16 .SCREW 17* 8
SUPSDS ITEM 105
110 NAS620C8L .WASHER 8
115 782058-1 .DIFFUSER,COMPRESSOR 1
Page 1016
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

1 120 782122-1 .SHIELD,HEAT 1
125 782195-1 .SHIM,SOLID (0.010 THK) AR
SELECT FROM THIS AND THE
FOLLOWING AT ASSEMBLY
- 126 782195-2 .SHIM,SOLID (0.012 THK) AR
- 127 782195-3 .SHIM,SOLID (0.014 THK) AR
- 128 782195-4 .SHIM,SOLID (0.016 THK) AR
- 129 782195-5 .SHIM,SOLID (0.018 THK) AR
- 130 782195-6 .SHIM,SOLID (0.030 THK) AR
- 131 782195-7 .SHIM,SOLID (0.060 THK) AR
135 NAS5903-9 .SCREW 9
SUPSD BY ITEM 135A
- 135A NAS1802-3-9 .SCREW 17* 9
SUPSDS ITEM 135
SUPSD BY ITEM 140A
- 140A NAS620C10L .WASHER 17* 9
SUPSDS ITEM 140
145 753453-1 .HOUSING,CONTAINMENT 1
SEE FIG. 3 FOR DETAILS
CONTAINS MATCHED PARTS
150 RR87S .RING,RETAINER-INTERNAL 1
V80756, HS69983S87
155 772427-1 .WEIGHT,BALANCE AR
- 156 772427-2 .WEIGHT,BALANCE AR
- 157 772427-3 .WEIGHT,BALANCE AR
160 782147-1 .RING,THREADED-SELF LOCKING 1
165 732021-7 .WASHER,FLAT 1
170 762049-1 .FAN,COOLING 1
175 753399-1 .TAG,WARNING 1
180 MS21318-8 .SCREW 4
USED WITH ITEM 185
SUPSD BY ITEM 180A
- 180A 69415-8-6 .SCREW 17* 4
USED WITH ITEM 185
SUPSDS ITEM 180
185 69255A4 .PLATE,IDENTIFICATION 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 185A
- 185A 69253B4 .PLATE,IDENTIFICATION 13* 1
SUPSDS ITEM 185
190 MS21318-8 .SCREW 4
SUPSD BY ITEM 190A
- 190A 69415-0-3 .SCREW 17* 4
SUPSDS ITEM 190
195 753398-2 .PLATE,WARNING A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 195A
Page 1017
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

1 - 195A 753398-4 .PLATE,WARNING 4 1
SUPSDS ITEM 195
200 MS9245-28 .PIN 1
USED WITH ITEMS 335, 335A OR
335B
201 MS9245-28 .PIN 3* 1
USED WITH ITEM 335B
205 540628 .WIRE,SPRING 1
335B
206 540628 .WIRE,SPRING 3* 1
USED WITH ITEM 335B
210 NAS1201B6A6A .CHAIN 1
335B
211 NAS1201B6A6A .CHAIN 3* 1
USED WITH ITEM 335B
215 69494K11 .PACKING,PREFORMED 2
335B
216 69494K11 .PACKING,PREFORMED 3* 1
USED WITH ITEM 335B
220 AN814-3DL .PLUG AND BLEEDER 2
335B
221 AN814-3DL .PLUG AND BLEEDER 3* 1
USED WITH ITEM 335B
- 230 5-83BZ DELETED 1
230A S83BZ DELETED 1
- 230B S83BZ1 DELETED 1
- 230C S83BZ-2 .PLUG,SIGHT-LIQUID LEVEL 1
V97484, HS749042-1
V80756, HS69983S325
240 738612-3 .WASHER,TAB 1
- 245 782166-1 .COVER,SUMP 1
250 69295-4-8 ..PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADLESS 1
255 1191-6CN0-375 ..INSERT,SCREW THREAD 1
V01556, HS69473-53
260 782166-10 ..COVER (NP) 1
270 69692A63 .SCREW,MACHINE 2
275 AN960PD10 .WASHER 2
280 753393-1 .PLATE,RETAINING 1
285 727463-11 .RETAINER,SPRING 2
Page 1018
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

1 290 740707-1 .SPRING 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 290A
PRE SB 21-2114
- 290A 740707-3 .SPRING,HELICAL COMPRESSION 9* BC 2
SUPSDS ITEM 290
POST SB 21-2114
295 727455-11 .BUSHING,WICK 2
300 730449-11 .WICK,NONMETALLIC 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 300A
PRE SB 21-2114
- 300A 808519-3 .WICK,NONMETALLIC 9* BCD 2
SUPSDS ITEM 300
POST SB 21-2114
305 748933-2 .PIN,STEPPED A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 305A
PRE SB 21-2039
- 305A 788066-1 .PIN,STEPPED 1* 1
SUPSDS ITEM 305
POST SB 21-2039
310 NAS6002-16 .SCREW A 15
USED WITH ITEMS 335 OR 335A
SUPSD BY ITEM 310A
- 310A NAS1802-08-16 .SCREW 17* A 15
SUPSDS ITEM 310
- 311 NAS6002-16 .SCREW 3* 11
USED WITH ITEM 335B
SUPSD BY ITEM 311A
- 311A NAS1802-08-16 .SCREW 17* 11
SUPSDS ITEM 311
315 NAS620C8L .WASHER A 15
USED WITH ITEMS 335 OR 335A
- 316 NAS620C8L .WASHER 3* 11
USED WITH ITEM 335B
320 753392-1 .SPACER,FAN 1
325 RFN2115 .ROTATIVE GROUP (NP) A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 325A
PRE SB 21-2068
- 325A RFN3738 .ROTATIVE GROUP (NP) 8* B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 325
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 325B
PRE SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 325D
PRE SB 21-2179
Page 1019
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

1 - 325B RFN6035 .ROTATIVE GROUP (NP) 12* C 1
SUPSDS ITEM 325A
POST SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 325C
PRE SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 325D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 325C RFN4426 .ROTATIVE GROUP (NP) 14* D 1
SUPSDS ITEM 325B
POST SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 325D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 325D RFN5970 .ROTATIVE GROUP(NP) 16* E 1
SUPSDS ITEMS 325A, 325B, 325C
POST SB 21-2179
330 69494K129 .PACKING,PREFORMED A 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 330A
PRE SB 21-2067
- 330A M83485-1-129 .PACKING 7* 2
SUPSDS ITEM 330
POST SB 21-2067
332B 816663-1 .SEAL 14* D 1
POST SB 21-2118
- 335 758073-100 .HOUSING,TURBINE A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 335A
PRE SB 21-2039
- 335A 758073-104 .HOUSING,TURBINE 1* A 1
SUPSDS ITEM 335
POST SB 21-2039
SUPSD BY ITEM 335B
- 335B 758073-105 .HOUSING,TURBINE 3* AB 1
SUPSDS ITEM 335A
SUPSD BY ITEM 335C
PRE SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 325D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 335C 758073-107 .HOUSING,TURBINE 12* C 1
SUPSDS ITEM 335B
POST SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 335D
PRE SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 335D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 335D 758073-109 .HOUSING,TURBINE 14* D 1
SUPSDS ITEM 335C
POST SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 335E
PRE SB 21-2179
Page 1020
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

1 - 335E 758073-111 .HOUSING,TURBINE 16* E 1
SUPSDS ITEMS 335B, 335C, 335D
POST SB 21-2179
340 MS21209F1-15 ..INSERT 18
345 MS21209C0810 ..INSERT A 15
USED WITH ITEMS 335 OR
335A
- 346 MS21209C0815 ..INSERT 3* 11
USED WITH ITEM 335B
350 1191-10CNX0312 ..INSERT,HELICAL COIL-SPECIAL 1
V01556, HS753394-1
354 1191-6CN0-375 ..INSERT,SCREW THREAD A 1
V01556, HS69473-53
USED WITH ITEMS 335 OR
335A
- 355 1191-6CN0-375 ..INSERT,SCREW THREAD 3* 2
V01556, HS69473-53
USED WITH ITEM 335B
356 S788107-1 ..BUSHING 1* 1
USED WITH ITEMS 335A AND
335B
POST SB 21-2039
360 758073-19 ..HOUSING (NP) A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 360A
PRE SB 21-2039
- 360A 758073-23 ..HOUSING (NP) 1* A 1
SUPSDS ITEM 360
POST SB 21-2039
SUPSD BY ITEM 360B
SUPSD BY ITEM 360D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 360B 758073-24 ..HOUSING (NP) 3* AB 1
SUPSDS ITEM 360A
SUPSD BY ITEM 360C
PRE SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 360D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 360C 758073-26 ..HOUSING (NP) 12* CD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 360B
POST SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 360D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 360D 758073-28 ..HOUSING (NP) 16* E 1
SUPSDS ITEM 360A, 360B, 360C
POST SB 21-2179
- 360E 758073-30 .HOUSING (NP) 17* B 1
SUPSDS ITEMS 360C, 360D
Page 1021
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
IPL Figure 2. Rotative Group
Page 1022
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 - 1 RFN2115 ROTATIVE GROUP A RF
SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA
SUPSD BY ITEM 1A
PRE SB 21-2068
- 1A RFN3738 ROTATIVE GROUP 8* B RF
SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA
SUPSDS ITEM 1
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
PRE SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITE4M 1D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 1B RFN6035 ROTATIVE GROUP 12* C RF
SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA
SUPSDS ITEM 1A
POST SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 1C
PRE SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 1D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 1C RFN4426 ROTATIVE GROUP 14* D RF
SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA
SUPSDS ITEM 1B
POST SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 1D
PRE SB 21-2179
- 1D RFN5970 ROTATIVE GROUP 16* E 1
SUPSDS ITEMS 1A, 1B, AND 1C
POST SB 21-2179
- 5 69494K29 .PACKING,PREFORMED A 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 5A
PRE SB 21-2067
5A M83485-1-029 .PACKING 7* ABCE 2
SUPSDS ITEM 5
POST SB 21-2067
SUPSD BY ITEMS 5B AND 6
PRE SB 21-2118
- 5B 816661-1 .PACKING 14* D 1
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
POST SB 21-2118
6 816662-1 .RING, SPLIT, TURBINE 14* D 1
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
POST SB 21-2118
V80756, HS69983S87
15 772427-1 .WEIGHT,BALANCE (6 AVG) AR
- 16 772427-2 .WEIGHT,BALANCE (3 AVG) AR
- 17 772427-3 .WEIGHT,BALANCE (2 AVG) AR
20 782147-1 .RING,THREADED-SELF LOCKING 1
Page 1023
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 25 732021-7 .WASHER,FLAT 1
- 30 782101-1 .ROTOR,COMPRESSOR A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 30A
PRE SB 21-2068
- 30A 782101-2 .ROTOR,COMPRESSOR 8* BCD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 30 E
POST SB 21-2068
35 782101-20 ..PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADLESS 2
40 782101-10 ..ROTOR (NP) A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 40A
PRE SB 21-2068
- 40A 782101-11 ..ROTOR (NP) 8* BCD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 40 E
POST SB 21-2068
50 094-0500MCP .PIN,SPRING-SPIRAL 2
V00287, HS69917-094M500C
SEE NOTE 1
55 094-0625MCP .PIN,SPRING-SPIRAL 2
V00287, HS69917-094M625C
SEE NOTE 2
60 785812-1 .PLATE,SEAL A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 60A
- 60A 788078-1 .PLATE,SEAL 3* BCD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 60
SUPSD BY ITEM 60B
PRE SB 21-2179
- 60B 821246-1 .PLATE,SEAL 16* E 1
SUPSDS ITEM 60A
POST SB 21-2179
62 785812-20 ..SEAL A 1
MAKE FROM S750493-4
SUPSD BY ITEM 62A
- 62A 788078-20 ..SEAL 3* 1
MAKE FROM S750493-4
SUPSD BY ITEM 62B
PRE SB 21-2179
- 62B 821246-21 ..SEAL 18* E 1
SUPSDS ITEM 62A
POST SB 21-2179
- 63 821246-11 ..PLATE 18* E 1
POST SB 21-2179
- 64 821246-31 ..PLATE, BACKING 18* E 1
POST SB 21-2179
65 MS21209C0815 ..INSERT 8
- 66 MS2042AD3-4A DELETED
- 66A MS20426AD3-4A-5 ..RIVET, SOLID 4
Page 1024
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 70 785813-1 .INSULATOR,NOZZLE A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 70A
- 70A 788077-1 .INSULATOR,NOZZLE 3* 1
SUPSDS ITEM 70
75 782080-1 .DISK,SEAL 1
85 785796-1 .PLATE AND INSULATOR,NOZZLE A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 85A
- 85A 785796-2 .PLATE AND INSULATOR,NOZZLE 3* 1
SUPSDS ITEM 85
SEE NOTE 3
90 785796-30 ..INSULATOR 1
95 785796-20 ..SEAL 1
MAKE FROM S750493-14
100 785733-2 .ROTOR,TURBINE A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 100A
PRE SB 21-2068
- 100A 785733-3 .ROTOR,TURBINE 8* BC 1
SUPSDS ITEM 100
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 100B
PRE SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 100E
PRE SB 21-2179
- 100B 785733-5 .DELETED 1
- 100C 785733-6 .DELETED 1
- 100D 785733-4 .ROTOR,TURBINE 14* D 1
SUPSDS ITEM 100A
POST SB 21-2118
SUPSD BY ITEM 100E
- 100E 785733-5 .ROTOR,TURBINE 15 DE 1
SUPSDS ITEM 100D
POST SB 21-2118
SUPSDS ITEM 100A
POST SB 21-2179
V80756, HS69983S137
SUPSD BY ITEM 100C
110 732110-81 .SHIM (0.020 THK) AR
- 111 732110-82 .SHIM (0.022 THK) AR
- 112 732110-83 .SHIM (0.024 THK) AR
- 113 732110-84 .SHIM (0.026 THK) AR
- 114 732110-85 .SHIM (0.028 THK) AR
- 115 732110-86 .SHIM (0.030 THK) AR
- 116 732110-87 .SHIM (0.032 THK) AR
- 117 732110-88 .SHIM (0.034 THK) AR
Page 1025
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 - 118 732110-89 .SHIM (0.036 THK) AR
- 119 732110-90 .SHIM (0.038 THK) AR
- 120 732110-91 .SHIM (0.040 THK) AR
125 753602-1 .SEAL,FACE 16* AE 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 125A
PRE SB 21-2068
SUPSDS ITEM 125A
POST SB 21-2179
- 125A 753602-2 .SEAL,FACE 8* BCD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 125
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 125
PRE SB 21-2179
130 732110-81 .SHIM (0.020 THK) AR
- 131 732110-82 .SHIM (0.022 THK) AR
- 132 732110-83 .SHIM (0.024 THK) AR
- 133 732110-84 .SHIM (0.026 THK) AR
- 134 732110-85 .SHIM (0.028 THK) AR
- 135 732110-86 .SHIM (0.030 THK) AR
- 136 732110-87 .SHIM (0.032 THK) AR
- 137 732110-88 .SHIM (0.034 THK) AR
- 138 732110-89 .SHIM (0.036 THK) AR
- 139 732110-90 .SHIM (0.038 THK) AR
- 140 732110-91 .SHIM (0.040 THK) AR
V80756, HS69983S137
150 753391-1 .RING,SEAL 1
155 M202HX67 DELETED 1
- 155A R202B39C3 DELETED 1
- 155B M202HX67REVC .BEARING,BALL 1
V70854, HS753601-3
- 155C RFL1518 .BEARING,BALL 10 1
V83086, HS753601-3
IDENT. AS
MTMER202SD600REVC
SUPSDS ITEM 155A
V80756, HS69983S137
165 732110-81 .SHIM (0.020 THK) AR
- 166 732110-82 .SHIM (0.022 THK) AR
- 167 732110-83 .SHIM (0.024 THK) AR
- 168 732110-84 .SHIM (0.026 THK) AR
- 169 732110-85 .SHIM (0.028 THK) AR
- 170 732110-86 .SHIM (0.030 THK) AR
Page 1026
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 - 171 732110-87 .SHIM (0.032 THK) AR
- 172 732110-88 .SHIM (0.034 THK) AR
- 173 732110-89 .SHIM (0.036 THK) AR
- 174 732110-90 .SHIM (0.038 THK) AR
- 175 732110-91 .SHIM (0.040 THK) AR
180 732160-1 .BUSHING,SLEEVE,ALUMINUM AR
(0.443 LG)
- 181 732160-2 .BUSHING,SLEEVE,ALUMINUM AR
(0.446 LG)
(0.449 LG)
(0.452 LG)
(0.455 LG)
(0.458 LG)
(0.461 LG)
(0.464 LG)
(0.467 LG)
(0.470 LG)
(0.473 LG)
(0.476 LG)
(0.479 LG)
(0.482 LG)
(0.485 LG)
(0.488 LG)
(0.491 LG)
(0.494 LG)
(0.497 LG)
(0.500 LG)
Page 1027
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 - 200 732160-21 .BUSHING,SLEEVE,ALUMINUM AR
(0.503 LG)
(0.506 LG)
(0.472 LG)
205 753602-1 .SEAL,FACE 16* AE 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 205A
PRE SB 21-2068
SUPSDS ITEM 205A
POST SB 21-2179
- 205A 753602-2 .SEAL,FACE 8* BCD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 205
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 205
PRE SB 21-2179
210 732110-81 .SHIM (0.020 THK) AR
- 211 732110-82 .SHIM (0.022 THK) AR
- 212 732110-83 .SHIM (0.024 THK) AR
- 213 732110-84 .SHIM (0.026 THK) AR
- 214 732110-85 .SHIM (0.028 THK) AR
- 215 732110-86 .SHIM (0.030 THK) AR
- 216 732110-87 .SHIM (0.032 THK) AR
- 217 732110-88 .SHIM (0.034 THK) AR
- 218 732110-89 .SHIM (0.036 THK) AR
- 219 732110-90 .SHIM (0.038 THK) AR
- 220 732110-91 .SHIM (0.040 THK) AR
V80756, HS69983S137
230 753391-1 .RING,SEAL 1
235 M202HX67 DELETED 1
- 235A R202B39C3 DELETED 1
- 235B M202HX67REVC .BEARING,BALL 1
V70854, HS753601-3
- 235C RFL1518 .BEARING,BALL 10 1
V83086, HS753601-3
IDENT. AS
MTMER202SD600REVC
SUPSDS ITEM 235A
240 753385-2 .SHAFT,DRIVE 1
OPTIONAL TO ITEM 240A
- 240A 753385-3 .SHAFT,DRIVE 19 1
OPTIONAL TO ITEM 240
245 570057-6 .PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADED 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 245A
PRE SB 21-2110
Page 1028
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 - 245A 570057-8 .PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADED 11* 2
SUPSDS ITEM 245
POST SB-2110
250 753388-1 .SEAT,SPRING 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 250A
PRE SB-2110
- 250A 753388-2 .SEAT,SPRING 11* 2
SUPSDS ITEM 250
POST SB-2110
255 732110-81 .SHIM (0.020 THK) AR
- 256 732110-82 .SHIM (0.022 THK) AR
- 257 732110-83 .SHIM (0.024 THK) AR
- 258 732110-84 .SHIM (0.026 THK) AR
- 259 732110-85 .SHIM (0.028 THK) AR
- 260 732110-86 .SHIM (0.030 THK) AR
- 261 732110-87 .SHIM (0.032 THK) AR
- 262 732110-88 .SHIM (0.034 THK) AR
- 263 732110-89 .SHIM (0.036 THK) AR
- 264 732110-90 .SHIM (0.038 THK) AR
- 265 732110-91 .SHIM (0.040 THK) AR
270 753389-3 .SPRING,COMPRESSION A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 270A
PRE SB 21-2067
- 270A 753389-4 .SPRING,COMPRESSION 7* 1
SUPSDS ITEM 270
POST SB 21-2067
275 753387-1 .SLEEVE,BEARING CARTRIDGE A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 275A
PRE SB 21-2068
- 275A 753387-2 .SLEEVE,BEARING CARTRIDGE 8* B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 275
POST SB 21-2068
SUPSD BY ITEM 275B
PRE SB 21-2110
- 275B 753387-3 .SLEEVE,BEARING CARTRIDGE 12* CD 1
SUPSDS ITEM 275A
POST SB 21-2110
SUPSD BY ITEM 275C
PRE SB 21-2179
- 275C 753387-5 .SLEEVE,BEARING CARTRIDGE 16* E 1
SUPSDS ITEM 275B
POST SB 21-2179
Page 1029
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

2 NOTE 1: THE FOLLOWING PART IS
AVAILABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
INSTRUCTIONS IN ASSEMBLY:
PN 69917-109M500C SPIRAL SPRING PIN
(0.015 OVERSIZE). PN NAS51923-454
SPIRAL SPRING PIN IS OPTIONAL TO
PN 69917-109M500C.
NOTE 2: THE FOLLOWING PART IS

AVAILABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
INSTRUCTIONS IN ASSEMBLY:
PN 69917-109M625C SPIRAL
SPRING PIN (0.015 OVERSIZE).
PN NAS51923-456 SPIRAL SPRING PIN IS
OPTIONAL TO PN 69917-109M625C.
NOTE 3: THE FOLLOWING PART IS

AVAILABLE TO SUPPORT REPAIR 7-2: PN
1002315 PLATE, NOZZE (FOR USE WITH
A MODIFIED PN 785796-2, PLATE,
NOZZLE AND INSULATOR.
Page 1030
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1031
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
IPL Figure 3. Containment Housing
Page 1032
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Airline Chg Eff

3 - 1 753453-1 HOUSING,CONTAINMENT RF
SEE FIG. 1 FOR NHA
CONTAINS MATCHED PARTS
5 NAS5903-12 .SCREW 3
SUPSD BY ITEM 5A
- 5A NAS6003U12 .SCREW 17* 3
SUPSDS ITEM 5
SUPSD BY ITEM 10A
SUPSDS ITEM 10
15 753453-30 .LINER 1
MATCHED PART
MAKE FROM S753453-30
20 753453-20 .RING,CONTAINMENT 1
MATCHED PART
30 MS21209F1-10 .INSERT 18
35 MS20470AD4-12 .RIVET 3
40 MS20470AD4-9 .RIVET 4
45 753453-40 .SCREEN,INLET 1
50 732144-2 .PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADLESS 3
55 753453-10 .HOUSING (NP) 1
MATCHED PART
Page 1033
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1034
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
4. Configuration Change Summary
IPL Table 1. Configuration Change Summary
Chg HS Internal
Code Item Configuration Service Bulletin Reference Description
- 782790-6 L6 Not Required 145294-1 Basic coverage.

1 L7 21-2039 148771-6 Provided a new stepped
pin with a larger OD and a
new turbine housing
incorporating a stellite
bushing to reduce the
possibility of wear
between the pin and
housing.
2 L8 Not Required 155952-3 Relocated the boss for
overtemperature switch on
compressor housing.
3 L9 Not Required 148154-8 Improved the service life
of the turbine rotor by
incorporating a new
nozzle plate and insulator,
nozzle insulator, seal
plate, and turbine housing.
Added an additional plug
and bleeder, preformed
packing, chain, spring
wire, and cotter pin for the
new turbine housing.
Reduced the quantity of
seal plate screws and
washers.
4 L10 Not Required 154711-3 Provided a new warning
plate with revised oil
maintenance data.
5 L11 Not Required 159751-3 Incorporated a new
compressor housing that
facilitates manufacturing.
6 L12 Not Required 190632 Incorporated a longer
screw to secure the
compressor housing to the
turbine housing to
accommodate a thicker
flange of the new cast
compressor housing (L11
configuration).
Page 1035
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
IPL Table 1. Configuration Change Summary (Continued)
Chg HS Internal
7 782790-6 L13 21-2067 197230 Extended the service life

of the air cycle machine by
(1) incorporating new,
more resilient, preformed
packings to minimize the
chance of bearing
cartridge sleeve fretting;
(2) incorporating a new
compression spring to
increase preload on the
ball bearings and enhance
bearing tracking, and (3)
increasing the axial
clearance of the turbine
and compressor rotors to
reduce the possibility of
rotor rub.
9 L14 21-2114 221288-1 Changed the nonmetallic
wicks to ones that have
contoured heads.
Changed the springs for
the wicks to ones that
have a smaller load and
length.
11 L15 21-2110 228774 Changed the spring seat
and the pins that hold
them. The initial pins
rubbed the turbine
housing.
13 - Not Required 235058 Replaces a drive screw
identification plate with an
adhesive backed
identification plate.
17 - Not Required 247819 Replaces cadmium plated
247819-1 parts.
19 - Not Required 239742 Adds an alternate drive
shaft part number.
Page 1036
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Chg HS Internal
8 782790-10 - 21-2068 197230-1 Improved the damping

characteristics of the air
cycle machine to increase
its service life by (1)
incorporating a new
bearing cartridge sleeve
with reduced OD and
increased ID; (2)
incorporating new face
seals with increased OD
to accommodate the
increase ID of the sleeve,
and (3) incorporating new
compressor and turbine
rotors with reduced
contours to increase
clearances and reduce the
chance of rotor rub.
9 L14 21-2114 221288-1 Changed the nonmetallic
wicks to ones that have
contoured heads.
Changed the springs for
the wicks to ones that
have a smaller load and
length.
10 - Not Required 219073 The vendor changed the
part number.
11 L15 21-2110 228774 Changed the spring seat
and the pins that hold
them. The initial pins
rubbed the turbine
housing.
adhesive backed
247819-1 parts.
shaft part number.
Page 1037
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1038
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Chg HS Internal
12 782790-12 L15 21-2110 228774 Changed the drain hole

configuration of the
bearing cartridge sleeve to
make sure that a small
quantity of oil stays in the
sleeve. Changed the oil
sump vent configuration in
the turbine housing to
prevent a reverse flow
condition that was
possible in the initial
configuration.
adhesive backed
247819-1 parts.
shaft part number.
Page 1039
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1040
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Chg HS Internal
14 782790-16 - 21-2118 - Air Cycle Machine

PN 782790-16
supersedes Air Cycle
Machine PN 782790-12
(rotor dynamics and
fuseless turbine rotor
improvements).
15 L16 Not Required 238733 Replaces the turbine rotor
with one that is made from
a forging
247819-1 parts.
shaft part number.
Page 1041
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1042
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Chg HS Internal
16 782790-18 - 21-2179 245647-1 Air Cycle Machine PN

782790-18 supersedes Air
Cycle Machine PN
782790-16 (rotor
dynamics and compressor
seal plate improvements).
247819-1 parts.
18 - 21-2179 245647-1 Adds parts for Vespel
Seal.
Page 1043
21-51-53 Mar 01/13
782790
Page 1044
21-51-53 Mar 01/13

CMM 21-51-53 Rev 15 Air Cycle Machine

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CMM 21-51-53 Rev 15 Air Cycle Machine

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TO ALL HOLDERS OF HAMILTON SUNDSTRAND’S

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

Subject to the EAR, ECCN 9E991

AIR CYCLE MACHINE

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

THE USER OF THIS PUBLICATION SHOULD OBTAIN THE MATERIAL

D. Cautions are provided in the maintenance publication or service bulletin to alert

REVISION ISSUE DATE REVISION ISSUE DATE

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Temporary Issue Date Date Inserted/ Date Removed/ Date

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

Service Bulletin/ Issue Date Date Title

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Subject Page Date Subject Page Date

Subject Page Date Subject Page Date

Subject Page Date Subject Page Date

Subject Page Date Subject Page Date

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

THIS IS A BLANK PAGE

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Figure 1. Air Cycle Machine - Sectional View

TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION

1) Dry the air to a dew point below that required.

Table 101. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment

TOOL NO. NOMENCLATURE USE

AD32743-1 Test Stand Supply the inputs and monitor

Table 101. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Continued)

TOOL NO. NOMENCLATURE USE

GS20138-1 Pressure Test Cap Seal the compressor inlet

CAGE Code: 95411

CAGE Code: 95411

E. These items of test equipment are necessary to do the tests:

Table 102. Materials

Material Manufacturer or Specification Use

Chemical Film AMS2473 Give protection to metal parts.

CAGE Code: 4XLA9

Table 102. Materials (Continued)

Material Manufacturer or Specification Use

Petroleum Solvent AMS3160 Clean the parts.

Table 103. Symbols and Abbreviations

Symbols and Abbreviations What It Shows

A ACM self-induced vibration

ACM Air cycle machine

Table 103. Symbols and Abbreviations (Continued)

Symbols and Abbreviations What It Shows

Pths Turbine housing static-pressure

Figure 101. Preparation of the Speed Pickup

Figure 102. Adapter for the Insulated Mounting Stud

Figure 103. Installation of the Insulated Mounting Stud and Accelerometer

Figure 104. Performance Test Equipment Configuration

(b) Do a high speed balance as follows:

C. Do a steady-state performance test as follows:

Compressor Inlet Static- psia Pcis 33 34 35

Turbine Outlet psia Ptos 16.0 16.1 16.2

Delta P inches Pcos-Ptis 29 - -

Fan Inlet psia Pfis 14.2 14.7 15.2

Turbine Delta Temperature = (Tti - Tto)/(Tti+460)

Table 105. Performance Data